User login
Laparoscopic myomectomy: Tips for patient selection and technique
CASE Patient wants minimally invasive surgery for her fibroids, and no hysterectomy
A 44-year-old G1P1 woman comes to the office to discuss her uterine fibroids, heavy menstrual bleeding, and urinary frequency. Treatment with oral contraceptives has not been effective in reducing the bleeding. She now wants surgical treatment without a hysterectomy (the hysterectomy was recommended by her previous gynecologist). On examination, a 14-week-size irregular uterus is felt. Myomectomy is discussed, and the patient asks if minimally invasive surgery (MIS) is possible. Complete blood cell count testing shows a hemoglobin level of 9.4 g/dL. Pelvic magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) shows a 6-cm type 2 posterior fundal fibroid and a 6-cm type 5 posterior lower-uterine-segment fibroid (FIGURE 1). These 2 fibroids have regular contours, and enhancement is not increased with contrast, consistent with benign fibroids.
Determining that laparoscopic myomectomy is a good option
Fibroids may affect quality of life—they may cause heavy menstrual bleeding, pelvic pain or pressure, or urinary frequency or incontinence. For many women who want large or numerous fibroids removed but the uterus preserved, abdominal myomectomy is required. Smaller and less numerous fibroids usually can be managed laparoscopically or with robotic assistance.
A systematic review of 6 randomized, controlled trials comparing laparoscopic and open myomectomy in 576 patients found that, although laparoscopic myomectomy was associated with longer operative time (approximately 13 minutes), it was also linked to less operative blood loss, fewer overall complications, reduced postoperative pain, and faster recovery.1 However, wide application of the laparoscopic approach may be limited by the size and number of fibroids that can be reasonably removed and by the surgical skill needed for fibroid excision and laparoscopic suturing.
Four imaging modalities can be used for fibroids: transvaginal sonography (TVS), saline-infusion sonography (SIS), hysteroscopy, and MRI. TVS is the most readily available and least costly modality used to differentiate fibroids from other pelvic pathology; SIS provides contrast for the endometrial cavity and better defines submucous fibroids; and hysteroscopy detects visually apparent distortion of the cavity. MRI, however, provides the most complete evaluation of size, position, and number of fibroids.
A study comparing TVS, SIS, hysteroscopy, and MRI found that number and position of fibroids were best identified with MRI.2 In addition, with MRI, the proximity of the fibroids and uterus to the bladder, rectum, and iliac bones can be evaluated. As tactility in laparoscopic and robot-assisted surgery is very limited, surgeons who use MRI to accurately assess fibroids preoperatively may be able to avoid missing them during the procedure.3 MRI also can be used reliably to diagnose adenomyosis and may be able to help identify uterine sarcoma.
Tip. For all women considering laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, I order pelvic MRI with and without contrast. Having the radiologist limit the number of MRI sequences may reduce the cost and make it comparable to that of other imaging modalities. I request T2-weighted MRI scans in the coronal, sagittal, and axial planes; in addition, to determine distortion of the uterine cavity by submucous fibroids, I request scans in the planes parallel with and perpendicular to the uterine axis. One gadolinium-enhanced T1-weighted MRI scan is needed to evaluate perfusion.
Although radiologists are experts in image interpretation, they are unfamiliar with the treatments and surgical issues that gynecologists must consider. Reading MRI scans for fibroids is straightforward, and gynecologists who regularly treat women with fibroids should consider viewing images with a radiologist until they become proficient.
Related article:
Surgical management of broad ligament fibroids
Surgeons who have the experience and skill and know the size, number, and position of fibroids are able to select the appropriate candidates for laparoscopic myomectomy. Authors of a study of 2,050 laparoscopic myomectomies found that fibroids larger than 5 cm, removal of more than 3 fibroids, and broad ligament fibroids were more likely to be associated with major complications, including visceral injury, conversion to laparotomy, and bleeding requiring blood transfusion.4
In laparoscopic myomectomy, uterus reconstruction requires laparoscopic suturing. Although robot-assisted myomectomy may make laparoscopic suturing easier, the added cost, longer operative time, and unimproved outcomes must be considered too.
Read about trocar placement and managing blood loss
Trocar placement
Place the patient in the dorsal lithotomy position.
Tip. For most women, I do not use a uterine manipulator, as my assistant can manipulate the uterus with laparoscopic graspers.
Port placement should be based on the position and size of the fibroids to be removed. Laparoscopic suturing is more ergonomic with 2 ports placed on one side of the patient (FIGURE 2). For suture access, a 12-mm port is placed about 2 cm medial to the iliac crest and a 5-mm port is placed medial to the 12-mm port, near the level of the umbilicus. Lateral trocars should be placed high, above the superior aspect of the uterus, to make it easier to access the fibroids, and lateral to the inferior epigastric vessels, to avoid injuring those vessels. If the uterus is near or above the umbilicus, a left upper quadrant approach may be used, with the access ports placed above the umbilicus.
Related article:
How to avoid major vessel injury during gynecologic laparoscopy
Managing intraoperative blood loss
I use a combination of 3 agents to reduce intraoperative blood loss during laparoscopic myomectomy: preoperative misoprostol and tranexamic acid and intraoperative vasopressin. Although there are no data showing an advantage in using these drugs together, the agents have different mechanisms of action and no negative interactions.
Injected below the vascular pseudocapsule, 20 units of vasopressin in 100 mL of normal saline causes vasoconstriction of capillaries, small arterioles, and venules. Avoid intravascular injection given that bradycardia and cardiovascular collapse have been reported (rare cases). Loss of peripheral pulses, bradycardia, unmeasurable blood pressure, and cardiac complications have been reported after myometrial injection of ≥5 units of vasopressin.5
Although vasopressin is a powerful vasoconstrictor, these clinical findings are often interpreted as severe hypotension. However, evaluation of peripheral arterial blood flow by Doppler ultrasonography has revealed severe vasospasm and increased proximal blood pressure.5 Keep this potential reaction in mind to avoid misinterpreting findings and treating a patient with vasopressors. Presence of palpable carotid pulses and maintenance of normal partial pressure of end-tidal carbon dioxide can help differentiate peripheral vasospasm from global hypotension.
Use of vasopressin to reduce blood loss during myomectomy is off-label. On occasion, I apply a tourniquet around the lower uterine segment, including the infundibular pelvic ligaments. I use a red Robinson catheter, throw 1 tie in front of the uterus, pull with graspers on both ends until it is tight, and then clamp the half-knot with a locking grasper.
Tip. Although a salvage-type autologous blood transfusion device may be used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, cases in which this device is considered for very large or multiple fibroids might be better managed with abdominal myomectomy.
Surgical technique
After injecting vasopressin, I use a high-frequency mechanical vibration scalpel to incise the myometrium directly over a prominent fibroid and carry the incision deeply until fibroid tissue is definite. Alternatively, a monopolar laparoscopic needle can be used in cut mode—which also limits damage to the myometrium.
Tip. The course of vessels over a fibroid is unpredictable, and we cannot be certain that any uterine incision will avoid bleeding. Therefore, I make transverse incisions, which allow more ergonomic laparoscopic suturing.
It is important to incise completely through the myometrium and through the pink-red pseudocapsule containing the vascular network surrounding the fibroid. This plane is often deeper than usually recognized and can be identified just over the white fibroid.
The fibroid is grasped with a tenaculum for traction, and countertraction is applied with a grasper on the myometrial edges. Once the fibroid is reached, graspers and the mechanical vibration scalpel are used to tease the pseudocapsule away from the fibroid (VIDEO).
Tip. Staying under the pseudocapsule reduces bleeding and may preserve the tissue’s growth factors and neurotransmitters, which are thought to promote wound healing.6
Dissection with the mechanical vibration scalpel (or monopolar needle) should be performed under visual control to identify the tissue adhering to the fibroid, which is desiccated and then divided. The fibroid is dissected until free of the myometrium and is placed in the right lower abdomen. Small fibroids can be strung together on a long suture so none will be lost. Using bipolar paddles, desiccate large bleeding vessels in the myometrial defect sparingly, with care taken to avoid devascularizing the myometrium, which might compromise wound healing. Myometrial repair should be performed in accordance with the accepted surgical technique used in laparotomy.
Place delayed absorbable sutures in 2 or 3 layers, as needed, to reapproximate the myometrium and secure hemostasis.
Tip: I use 0 polydioxanone interrupted figure-of-8 sutures, but continuous running sutures with or without barbs also can be used. For the serosa, I use a continuous barbed suture in a baseball stitch, which buries both the raw edges of the serosa and the barbs for smooth closure (FIGURE 3). These closure methods have not been compared to see which provides superior wound healing or subsequent wound strength.
The fibroid can be morcellated with an electromechanical morcellator or a scalpel (hand morcellation). Either instrument can be used in contained or uncontained fashion. I insert an electromechanical morcellator through the right lower quadrant incision and morcellate tissue in the anterior midpelvis. Safety requires careful control of the rotating blade and scrutiny of the bowel, bladder, and major vessels. Our operating room has 4 rules for morcellator use:
- The blade is activated only under direct visualization.
- Both the surgeon and the assistant must say “ready” before the blade is activated.
- The hand holding the morcellator must remain still while tissue is being drawn into the device.
- Any undue resistance from the tissue is cause to stop the blade. This precaution is taken because there is a tendency to drop the blade in an attempt to overcome the resistance.
Tip: I limit rotational forces and scattering of tissue by “pulsing” the blade on and off when morcellating softer tissue.
Various methods of contained morcellation (morcellation in a containment bag) have been described.7 In one method, tissue is placed in a bag, the neck of the bag is brought through an enlarged umbilical incision, and the tissue is cut into small pieces until it is entirely removed. Another method is to use an electromechanical morcellator with a specially designed containment bag inside the abdomen. The bag is introduced through a 12-mm port and unfurled inside the abdomen; the specimen is placed in the bag; the neck of the bag is brought out through the port; the bag is insufflated with carbon dioxide; the laparoscope, a 5-mm grasper, and the morcellator tip are passed into the bag; and morcellation is performed. Early studies of contained morcellation reported longer operating times, leaking bags, and visceral injuries. In 2016, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared the PneumoLiner containment system but required that its manufacturer (Advanced Surgical Concepts) warn patients and health care providers that its bag has not been proved to reduce the risk of spreading cancer during morcellation procedures.8
During laparoscopic myomectomy, fibroid removal by myometrial dissection disperses tissue fragments, and the unprotected fibroid is usually stored in the abdomen until hemostasis is secured and suturing completed. Limiting the rotational forces that lead to further dispersement and irrigating copiously to remove tissue fragments help eliminate residual tissue.
The pelvis and the abdomen are irrigated with normal saline (approximately 3 L) and suctioned multiple times.
Tip. Alternating between the Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positions allows fluid to wash tissue down to the pelvis, where it is more easily seen and removed.
Careful inspection for tissue fragments and copious irrigation and suctioning are important in reducing the risk that tissue fragments will remain in the peritoneal cavity and parasitic fibroids will develop. In cases of occult leiomyosarcoma (LMS), this step may be particularly important.
I place a knitted fabric of modified cellulose over the hysterotomy suture lines to reduce the incidence of adhesion formation. Once the procedure is complete, the local anesthetic bupivicaine is injected deep into the incision sites. Injecting anesthetic before making the incisions does not provide better pain relief; injecting after the procedure provides pain relief for 6 hours.9
Related article:
Robot-assisted laparoscopic myomectomy
Morcellation and risk of leiomyosarcoma
Given the need to prevent laparoscopic morcellators from inadvertently spreading tissue within the peritoneal cavity of women with occult LMS, the FDA issued a safety communication in 2014 warning against their use in the majority of women who undergo myomectomy or hysterectomy for fibroids.10 However, Pritts and colleagues estimated the prevalence of LMS in women who had surgery for presumed uterine fibroids at about 1 in 2,000 (0.05%), significantly lower than the FDA’s estimate of 1 in 350.10,11 In 2015, a large population-based prospective registry study found 2 cases of occult LMS in 8,720 fibroid surgery patients (0.02%).12
Related article:
The FDA’s review of the data on open power morcellation was “inadequate, irresponsible” and a “disservice to women”
Since LMS metastasizes through the bloodstream, there is no reliable evidence that morcellation influences survival or that electromechanical morcellation is inferior to vaginal or mini-laparotomy morcellation with a scalpel. According to recent publications, compared with MIS, open abdominal surgery is associated with more morbidity and mortality in women.13 Since the FDA advisory was issued, the number of abdominal surgeries has increased, as has the number of related complications.13
I use electromechanical morcellation techniques for women who want MIS. All surgical procedures have potential risks, and patients’ and physicians’ understanding of risks forms the foundation of medical decision making. The possibility of occult LMS should be considered by women and their gynecologists, and proper informed consent, noting both the LMS risk and the increased risks of abdominal surgery, should be obtained.
Related article:
Tissue extraction: Can the pendulum change direction?
Risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy
After abdominal myomectomy, uterine rupture during pregnancy or delivery is rare, according to reviews of delivery records of many thousands of women.14 Operative techniques, instruments, and energy sources used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy may differ from those used during laparotomy, and anecdotal communications suggest that uterine rupture may be more common after laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy. A meta-analysis of 56 articles (3,685 pregnancies) published between 1970 and 2013 found 29 cases of uterine rupture after myomectomy, with no statistical difference in rupture risk between laparoscopic and abdominal myomectomy.15 As most reports are case studies or small case series, the incidence of rupture cannot be reliably calculated.
There is no consensus regarding the factors that may increase the risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. Three factors are postulated to interfere with myometrial wound healing and increase uterine rupture risk: failure to adequately suture myometrial defects, excessive use of monopolar or bipolar electrosurgery with devascularization of the myometrium, and lack of hemostasis with subsequent hematoma formation.16 It seems prudent that surgeons should adhere to time-tested techniques for abdominal myomectomy. Even with use of ideal surgical techniques, however, individual wound-healing characteristics may predispose to uterine rupture.
CASE Resolved
After giving proper informed consent, the patient underwent laparoscopic myomectomy and electromechanical morcellation. Her 2 fibroids were removed, with a blood loss of 200 mL, and that afternoon she was discharged from the surgery center with written postoperative instructions and oral pain medication. A telephone call the next day found her comfortable, with no nausea or vomiting, and happy to be fibroid free. Pathologic inspection of the morcellated tissue confirmed that the fibroids were benign. At 2-week follow-up, the patient was no longer taking pain medication and was ready to return to work and normal activity. Her fatigue persisted, though, and she arranged to take time to rest during the day.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
- Jin C, Hu Y, Chen XC, et al. Laparoscopic versus open myomectomy—a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2009;145(1):14–21.
- Dueholm M, Lundorf E, Hansen ES, Ledertoug S, Olesen F. Evaluation of the uterine cavity with magnetic resonance imaging, transvaginal sonography, hysterosonographic examination, and diagnostic hysteroscopy. Fertil Steril. 2001;76(2):350–357.
- Parker WH. The utility of MRI for the surgical treatment of women with uterine fibroid tumors. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206(1):31–36.
- Sizzi O, Rossetti A, Malzoni M, et al. Italian multicenter study on complications of laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2007;14(4):453–462.
- Riess ML, Ulrichs JG, Pagel PS, Woehlck HJ. Case report: severe vasospasm mimics hypotension after high-dose intrauterine vasopressin. Anesth Analg. 2011;113(5):1103–1105.
- Tinelli A, Mynbaev OA, Sparic R, et al. Angiogenesis and vascularization of uterine leiomyoma: clinical value of pseudocapsule containing peptides and neurotransmitters. Curr Protein Pept Sci. 2016;18(2):129–139.
- Taylan E, Sahin C, Zeybek B, Akdemir A. Contained morcellation: review of current methods and future directions. Front Surg. 2017;4:15.
- US Food and Drug Administration. FDA allows marketing of first-of-kind tissue containment system for use with certain laparoscopic power morcellators in select patients. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm494650.htm. Published April 7, 2016. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Loizides S, Gurusamy KS, Nagendran M, Rossi M, Guerrini GP, Davidson BR. Wound infiltration with local anesthetic agents for laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD007049.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Laparoscopic uterine power morcellation in hysterectomy and myomectomy: FDA safety communication. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm393576.htm. Published April 17, 2014. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Pritts EA, Vanness DJ, Berek JS, et al. The prevalence of occult leiomyosarcoma at surgery for presumed uterine fibroids: a meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2015;12(3):165–177.
- Bojahr B, De Wilde RL, Tchartchian G. Malignancy rate of 10,731 uteri morcellated during laparoscopic supracervical hysterectomy (LASH). Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2015;292(3):665–672.
- Harris JA, Swenson CW, Uppal S, et al. Practice patterns and postoperative complications before and after US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on power morcellation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214(1):98.e1–e13.
- Palerme GR, Friedman EA. Rupture of the gravid uterus in the third trimester. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1966;94(4):571–576.
- Claeys J, Hellendoorn I, Hamerlynck T, Bosteels J, Weyers S. The risk of uterine rupture after myomectomy: a systematic review of the literature and meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2014;11(3):197–206.
- Parker WH, Einarsson J, Istre O, Dubuisson JB. Risk factors for uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2010;17(5):551–554.
CASE Patient wants minimally invasive surgery for her fibroids, and no hysterectomy
A 44-year-old G1P1 woman comes to the office to discuss her uterine fibroids, heavy menstrual bleeding, and urinary frequency. Treatment with oral contraceptives has not been effective in reducing the bleeding. She now wants surgical treatment without a hysterectomy (the hysterectomy was recommended by her previous gynecologist). On examination, a 14-week-size irregular uterus is felt. Myomectomy is discussed, and the patient asks if minimally invasive surgery (MIS) is possible. Complete blood cell count testing shows a hemoglobin level of 9.4 g/dL. Pelvic magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) shows a 6-cm type 2 posterior fundal fibroid and a 6-cm type 5 posterior lower-uterine-segment fibroid (FIGURE 1). These 2 fibroids have regular contours, and enhancement is not increased with contrast, consistent with benign fibroids.
Determining that laparoscopic myomectomy is a good option
Fibroids may affect quality of life—they may cause heavy menstrual bleeding, pelvic pain or pressure, or urinary frequency or incontinence. For many women who want large or numerous fibroids removed but the uterus preserved, abdominal myomectomy is required. Smaller and less numerous fibroids usually can be managed laparoscopically or with robotic assistance.
A systematic review of 6 randomized, controlled trials comparing laparoscopic and open myomectomy in 576 patients found that, although laparoscopic myomectomy was associated with longer operative time (approximately 13 minutes), it was also linked to less operative blood loss, fewer overall complications, reduced postoperative pain, and faster recovery.1 However, wide application of the laparoscopic approach may be limited by the size and number of fibroids that can be reasonably removed and by the surgical skill needed for fibroid excision and laparoscopic suturing.
Four imaging modalities can be used for fibroids: transvaginal sonography (TVS), saline-infusion sonography (SIS), hysteroscopy, and MRI. TVS is the most readily available and least costly modality used to differentiate fibroids from other pelvic pathology; SIS provides contrast for the endometrial cavity and better defines submucous fibroids; and hysteroscopy detects visually apparent distortion of the cavity. MRI, however, provides the most complete evaluation of size, position, and number of fibroids.
A study comparing TVS, SIS, hysteroscopy, and MRI found that number and position of fibroids were best identified with MRI.2 In addition, with MRI, the proximity of the fibroids and uterus to the bladder, rectum, and iliac bones can be evaluated. As tactility in laparoscopic and robot-assisted surgery is very limited, surgeons who use MRI to accurately assess fibroids preoperatively may be able to avoid missing them during the procedure.3 MRI also can be used reliably to diagnose adenomyosis and may be able to help identify uterine sarcoma.
Tip. For all women considering laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, I order pelvic MRI with and without contrast. Having the radiologist limit the number of MRI sequences may reduce the cost and make it comparable to that of other imaging modalities. I request T2-weighted MRI scans in the coronal, sagittal, and axial planes; in addition, to determine distortion of the uterine cavity by submucous fibroids, I request scans in the planes parallel with and perpendicular to the uterine axis. One gadolinium-enhanced T1-weighted MRI scan is needed to evaluate perfusion.
Although radiologists are experts in image interpretation, they are unfamiliar with the treatments and surgical issues that gynecologists must consider. Reading MRI scans for fibroids is straightforward, and gynecologists who regularly treat women with fibroids should consider viewing images with a radiologist until they become proficient.
Related article:
Surgical management of broad ligament fibroids
Surgeons who have the experience and skill and know the size, number, and position of fibroids are able to select the appropriate candidates for laparoscopic myomectomy. Authors of a study of 2,050 laparoscopic myomectomies found that fibroids larger than 5 cm, removal of more than 3 fibroids, and broad ligament fibroids were more likely to be associated with major complications, including visceral injury, conversion to laparotomy, and bleeding requiring blood transfusion.4
In laparoscopic myomectomy, uterus reconstruction requires laparoscopic suturing. Although robot-assisted myomectomy may make laparoscopic suturing easier, the added cost, longer operative time, and unimproved outcomes must be considered too.
Read about trocar placement and managing blood loss
Trocar placement
Place the patient in the dorsal lithotomy position.
Tip. For most women, I do not use a uterine manipulator, as my assistant can manipulate the uterus with laparoscopic graspers.
Port placement should be based on the position and size of the fibroids to be removed. Laparoscopic suturing is more ergonomic with 2 ports placed on one side of the patient (FIGURE 2). For suture access, a 12-mm port is placed about 2 cm medial to the iliac crest and a 5-mm port is placed medial to the 12-mm port, near the level of the umbilicus. Lateral trocars should be placed high, above the superior aspect of the uterus, to make it easier to access the fibroids, and lateral to the inferior epigastric vessels, to avoid injuring those vessels. If the uterus is near or above the umbilicus, a left upper quadrant approach may be used, with the access ports placed above the umbilicus.
Related article:
How to avoid major vessel injury during gynecologic laparoscopy
Managing intraoperative blood loss
I use a combination of 3 agents to reduce intraoperative blood loss during laparoscopic myomectomy: preoperative misoprostol and tranexamic acid and intraoperative vasopressin. Although there are no data showing an advantage in using these drugs together, the agents have different mechanisms of action and no negative interactions.
Injected below the vascular pseudocapsule, 20 units of vasopressin in 100 mL of normal saline causes vasoconstriction of capillaries, small arterioles, and venules. Avoid intravascular injection given that bradycardia and cardiovascular collapse have been reported (rare cases). Loss of peripheral pulses, bradycardia, unmeasurable blood pressure, and cardiac complications have been reported after myometrial injection of ≥5 units of vasopressin.5
Although vasopressin is a powerful vasoconstrictor, these clinical findings are often interpreted as severe hypotension. However, evaluation of peripheral arterial blood flow by Doppler ultrasonography has revealed severe vasospasm and increased proximal blood pressure.5 Keep this potential reaction in mind to avoid misinterpreting findings and treating a patient with vasopressors. Presence of palpable carotid pulses and maintenance of normal partial pressure of end-tidal carbon dioxide can help differentiate peripheral vasospasm from global hypotension.
Use of vasopressin to reduce blood loss during myomectomy is off-label. On occasion, I apply a tourniquet around the lower uterine segment, including the infundibular pelvic ligaments. I use a red Robinson catheter, throw 1 tie in front of the uterus, pull with graspers on both ends until it is tight, and then clamp the half-knot with a locking grasper.
Tip. Although a salvage-type autologous blood transfusion device may be used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, cases in which this device is considered for very large or multiple fibroids might be better managed with abdominal myomectomy.
Surgical technique
After injecting vasopressin, I use a high-frequency mechanical vibration scalpel to incise the myometrium directly over a prominent fibroid and carry the incision deeply until fibroid tissue is definite. Alternatively, a monopolar laparoscopic needle can be used in cut mode—which also limits damage to the myometrium.
Tip. The course of vessels over a fibroid is unpredictable, and we cannot be certain that any uterine incision will avoid bleeding. Therefore, I make transverse incisions, which allow more ergonomic laparoscopic suturing.
It is important to incise completely through the myometrium and through the pink-red pseudocapsule containing the vascular network surrounding the fibroid. This plane is often deeper than usually recognized and can be identified just over the white fibroid.
The fibroid is grasped with a tenaculum for traction, and countertraction is applied with a grasper on the myometrial edges. Once the fibroid is reached, graspers and the mechanical vibration scalpel are used to tease the pseudocapsule away from the fibroid (VIDEO).
Tip. Staying under the pseudocapsule reduces bleeding and may preserve the tissue’s growth factors and neurotransmitters, which are thought to promote wound healing.6
Dissection with the mechanical vibration scalpel (or monopolar needle) should be performed under visual control to identify the tissue adhering to the fibroid, which is desiccated and then divided. The fibroid is dissected until free of the myometrium and is placed in the right lower abdomen. Small fibroids can be strung together on a long suture so none will be lost. Using bipolar paddles, desiccate large bleeding vessels in the myometrial defect sparingly, with care taken to avoid devascularizing the myometrium, which might compromise wound healing. Myometrial repair should be performed in accordance with the accepted surgical technique used in laparotomy.
Place delayed absorbable sutures in 2 or 3 layers, as needed, to reapproximate the myometrium and secure hemostasis.
Tip: I use 0 polydioxanone interrupted figure-of-8 sutures, but continuous running sutures with or without barbs also can be used. For the serosa, I use a continuous barbed suture in a baseball stitch, which buries both the raw edges of the serosa and the barbs for smooth closure (FIGURE 3). These closure methods have not been compared to see which provides superior wound healing or subsequent wound strength.
The fibroid can be morcellated with an electromechanical morcellator or a scalpel (hand morcellation). Either instrument can be used in contained or uncontained fashion. I insert an electromechanical morcellator through the right lower quadrant incision and morcellate tissue in the anterior midpelvis. Safety requires careful control of the rotating blade and scrutiny of the bowel, bladder, and major vessels. Our operating room has 4 rules for morcellator use:
- The blade is activated only under direct visualization.
- Both the surgeon and the assistant must say “ready” before the blade is activated.
- The hand holding the morcellator must remain still while tissue is being drawn into the device.
- Any undue resistance from the tissue is cause to stop the blade. This precaution is taken because there is a tendency to drop the blade in an attempt to overcome the resistance.
Tip: I limit rotational forces and scattering of tissue by “pulsing” the blade on and off when morcellating softer tissue.
Various methods of contained morcellation (morcellation in a containment bag) have been described.7 In one method, tissue is placed in a bag, the neck of the bag is brought through an enlarged umbilical incision, and the tissue is cut into small pieces until it is entirely removed. Another method is to use an electromechanical morcellator with a specially designed containment bag inside the abdomen. The bag is introduced through a 12-mm port and unfurled inside the abdomen; the specimen is placed in the bag; the neck of the bag is brought out through the port; the bag is insufflated with carbon dioxide; the laparoscope, a 5-mm grasper, and the morcellator tip are passed into the bag; and morcellation is performed. Early studies of contained morcellation reported longer operating times, leaking bags, and visceral injuries. In 2016, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared the PneumoLiner containment system but required that its manufacturer (Advanced Surgical Concepts) warn patients and health care providers that its bag has not been proved to reduce the risk of spreading cancer during morcellation procedures.8
During laparoscopic myomectomy, fibroid removal by myometrial dissection disperses tissue fragments, and the unprotected fibroid is usually stored in the abdomen until hemostasis is secured and suturing completed. Limiting the rotational forces that lead to further dispersement and irrigating copiously to remove tissue fragments help eliminate residual tissue.
The pelvis and the abdomen are irrigated with normal saline (approximately 3 L) and suctioned multiple times.
Tip. Alternating between the Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positions allows fluid to wash tissue down to the pelvis, where it is more easily seen and removed.
Careful inspection for tissue fragments and copious irrigation and suctioning are important in reducing the risk that tissue fragments will remain in the peritoneal cavity and parasitic fibroids will develop. In cases of occult leiomyosarcoma (LMS), this step may be particularly important.
I place a knitted fabric of modified cellulose over the hysterotomy suture lines to reduce the incidence of adhesion formation. Once the procedure is complete, the local anesthetic bupivicaine is injected deep into the incision sites. Injecting anesthetic before making the incisions does not provide better pain relief; injecting after the procedure provides pain relief for 6 hours.9
Related article:
Robot-assisted laparoscopic myomectomy
Morcellation and risk of leiomyosarcoma
Given the need to prevent laparoscopic morcellators from inadvertently spreading tissue within the peritoneal cavity of women with occult LMS, the FDA issued a safety communication in 2014 warning against their use in the majority of women who undergo myomectomy or hysterectomy for fibroids.10 However, Pritts and colleagues estimated the prevalence of LMS in women who had surgery for presumed uterine fibroids at about 1 in 2,000 (0.05%), significantly lower than the FDA’s estimate of 1 in 350.10,11 In 2015, a large population-based prospective registry study found 2 cases of occult LMS in 8,720 fibroid surgery patients (0.02%).12
Related article:
The FDA’s review of the data on open power morcellation was “inadequate, irresponsible” and a “disservice to women”
Since LMS metastasizes through the bloodstream, there is no reliable evidence that morcellation influences survival or that electromechanical morcellation is inferior to vaginal or mini-laparotomy morcellation with a scalpel. According to recent publications, compared with MIS, open abdominal surgery is associated with more morbidity and mortality in women.13 Since the FDA advisory was issued, the number of abdominal surgeries has increased, as has the number of related complications.13
I use electromechanical morcellation techniques for women who want MIS. All surgical procedures have potential risks, and patients’ and physicians’ understanding of risks forms the foundation of medical decision making. The possibility of occult LMS should be considered by women and their gynecologists, and proper informed consent, noting both the LMS risk and the increased risks of abdominal surgery, should be obtained.
Related article:
Tissue extraction: Can the pendulum change direction?
Risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy
After abdominal myomectomy, uterine rupture during pregnancy or delivery is rare, according to reviews of delivery records of many thousands of women.14 Operative techniques, instruments, and energy sources used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy may differ from those used during laparotomy, and anecdotal communications suggest that uterine rupture may be more common after laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy. A meta-analysis of 56 articles (3,685 pregnancies) published between 1970 and 2013 found 29 cases of uterine rupture after myomectomy, with no statistical difference in rupture risk between laparoscopic and abdominal myomectomy.15 As most reports are case studies or small case series, the incidence of rupture cannot be reliably calculated.
There is no consensus regarding the factors that may increase the risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. Three factors are postulated to interfere with myometrial wound healing and increase uterine rupture risk: failure to adequately suture myometrial defects, excessive use of monopolar or bipolar electrosurgery with devascularization of the myometrium, and lack of hemostasis with subsequent hematoma formation.16 It seems prudent that surgeons should adhere to time-tested techniques for abdominal myomectomy. Even with use of ideal surgical techniques, however, individual wound-healing characteristics may predispose to uterine rupture.
CASE Resolved
After giving proper informed consent, the patient underwent laparoscopic myomectomy and electromechanical morcellation. Her 2 fibroids were removed, with a blood loss of 200 mL, and that afternoon she was discharged from the surgery center with written postoperative instructions and oral pain medication. A telephone call the next day found her comfortable, with no nausea or vomiting, and happy to be fibroid free. Pathologic inspection of the morcellated tissue confirmed that the fibroids were benign. At 2-week follow-up, the patient was no longer taking pain medication and was ready to return to work and normal activity. Her fatigue persisted, though, and she arranged to take time to rest during the day.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
CASE Patient wants minimally invasive surgery for her fibroids, and no hysterectomy
A 44-year-old G1P1 woman comes to the office to discuss her uterine fibroids, heavy menstrual bleeding, and urinary frequency. Treatment with oral contraceptives has not been effective in reducing the bleeding. She now wants surgical treatment without a hysterectomy (the hysterectomy was recommended by her previous gynecologist). On examination, a 14-week-size irregular uterus is felt. Myomectomy is discussed, and the patient asks if minimally invasive surgery (MIS) is possible. Complete blood cell count testing shows a hemoglobin level of 9.4 g/dL. Pelvic magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) shows a 6-cm type 2 posterior fundal fibroid and a 6-cm type 5 posterior lower-uterine-segment fibroid (FIGURE 1). These 2 fibroids have regular contours, and enhancement is not increased with contrast, consistent with benign fibroids.
Determining that laparoscopic myomectomy is a good option
Fibroids may affect quality of life—they may cause heavy menstrual bleeding, pelvic pain or pressure, or urinary frequency or incontinence. For many women who want large or numerous fibroids removed but the uterus preserved, abdominal myomectomy is required. Smaller and less numerous fibroids usually can be managed laparoscopically or with robotic assistance.
A systematic review of 6 randomized, controlled trials comparing laparoscopic and open myomectomy in 576 patients found that, although laparoscopic myomectomy was associated with longer operative time (approximately 13 minutes), it was also linked to less operative blood loss, fewer overall complications, reduced postoperative pain, and faster recovery.1 However, wide application of the laparoscopic approach may be limited by the size and number of fibroids that can be reasonably removed and by the surgical skill needed for fibroid excision and laparoscopic suturing.
Four imaging modalities can be used for fibroids: transvaginal sonography (TVS), saline-infusion sonography (SIS), hysteroscopy, and MRI. TVS is the most readily available and least costly modality used to differentiate fibroids from other pelvic pathology; SIS provides contrast for the endometrial cavity and better defines submucous fibroids; and hysteroscopy detects visually apparent distortion of the cavity. MRI, however, provides the most complete evaluation of size, position, and number of fibroids.
A study comparing TVS, SIS, hysteroscopy, and MRI found that number and position of fibroids were best identified with MRI.2 In addition, with MRI, the proximity of the fibroids and uterus to the bladder, rectum, and iliac bones can be evaluated. As tactility in laparoscopic and robot-assisted surgery is very limited, surgeons who use MRI to accurately assess fibroids preoperatively may be able to avoid missing them during the procedure.3 MRI also can be used reliably to diagnose adenomyosis and may be able to help identify uterine sarcoma.
Tip. For all women considering laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, I order pelvic MRI with and without contrast. Having the radiologist limit the number of MRI sequences may reduce the cost and make it comparable to that of other imaging modalities. I request T2-weighted MRI scans in the coronal, sagittal, and axial planes; in addition, to determine distortion of the uterine cavity by submucous fibroids, I request scans in the planes parallel with and perpendicular to the uterine axis. One gadolinium-enhanced T1-weighted MRI scan is needed to evaluate perfusion.
Although radiologists are experts in image interpretation, they are unfamiliar with the treatments and surgical issues that gynecologists must consider. Reading MRI scans for fibroids is straightforward, and gynecologists who regularly treat women with fibroids should consider viewing images with a radiologist until they become proficient.
Related article:
Surgical management of broad ligament fibroids
Surgeons who have the experience and skill and know the size, number, and position of fibroids are able to select the appropriate candidates for laparoscopic myomectomy. Authors of a study of 2,050 laparoscopic myomectomies found that fibroids larger than 5 cm, removal of more than 3 fibroids, and broad ligament fibroids were more likely to be associated with major complications, including visceral injury, conversion to laparotomy, and bleeding requiring blood transfusion.4
In laparoscopic myomectomy, uterus reconstruction requires laparoscopic suturing. Although robot-assisted myomectomy may make laparoscopic suturing easier, the added cost, longer operative time, and unimproved outcomes must be considered too.
Read about trocar placement and managing blood loss
Trocar placement
Place the patient in the dorsal lithotomy position.
Tip. For most women, I do not use a uterine manipulator, as my assistant can manipulate the uterus with laparoscopic graspers.
Port placement should be based on the position and size of the fibroids to be removed. Laparoscopic suturing is more ergonomic with 2 ports placed on one side of the patient (FIGURE 2). For suture access, a 12-mm port is placed about 2 cm medial to the iliac crest and a 5-mm port is placed medial to the 12-mm port, near the level of the umbilicus. Lateral trocars should be placed high, above the superior aspect of the uterus, to make it easier to access the fibroids, and lateral to the inferior epigastric vessels, to avoid injuring those vessels. If the uterus is near or above the umbilicus, a left upper quadrant approach may be used, with the access ports placed above the umbilicus.
Related article:
How to avoid major vessel injury during gynecologic laparoscopy
Managing intraoperative blood loss
I use a combination of 3 agents to reduce intraoperative blood loss during laparoscopic myomectomy: preoperative misoprostol and tranexamic acid and intraoperative vasopressin. Although there are no data showing an advantage in using these drugs together, the agents have different mechanisms of action and no negative interactions.
Injected below the vascular pseudocapsule, 20 units of vasopressin in 100 mL of normal saline causes vasoconstriction of capillaries, small arterioles, and venules. Avoid intravascular injection given that bradycardia and cardiovascular collapse have been reported (rare cases). Loss of peripheral pulses, bradycardia, unmeasurable blood pressure, and cardiac complications have been reported after myometrial injection of ≥5 units of vasopressin.5
Although vasopressin is a powerful vasoconstrictor, these clinical findings are often interpreted as severe hypotension. However, evaluation of peripheral arterial blood flow by Doppler ultrasonography has revealed severe vasospasm and increased proximal blood pressure.5 Keep this potential reaction in mind to avoid misinterpreting findings and treating a patient with vasopressors. Presence of palpable carotid pulses and maintenance of normal partial pressure of end-tidal carbon dioxide can help differentiate peripheral vasospasm from global hypotension.
Use of vasopressin to reduce blood loss during myomectomy is off-label. On occasion, I apply a tourniquet around the lower uterine segment, including the infundibular pelvic ligaments. I use a red Robinson catheter, throw 1 tie in front of the uterus, pull with graspers on both ends until it is tight, and then clamp the half-knot with a locking grasper.
Tip. Although a salvage-type autologous blood transfusion device may be used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy, cases in which this device is considered for very large or multiple fibroids might be better managed with abdominal myomectomy.
Surgical technique
After injecting vasopressin, I use a high-frequency mechanical vibration scalpel to incise the myometrium directly over a prominent fibroid and carry the incision deeply until fibroid tissue is definite. Alternatively, a monopolar laparoscopic needle can be used in cut mode—which also limits damage to the myometrium.
Tip. The course of vessels over a fibroid is unpredictable, and we cannot be certain that any uterine incision will avoid bleeding. Therefore, I make transverse incisions, which allow more ergonomic laparoscopic suturing.
It is important to incise completely through the myometrium and through the pink-red pseudocapsule containing the vascular network surrounding the fibroid. This plane is often deeper than usually recognized and can be identified just over the white fibroid.
The fibroid is grasped with a tenaculum for traction, and countertraction is applied with a grasper on the myometrial edges. Once the fibroid is reached, graspers and the mechanical vibration scalpel are used to tease the pseudocapsule away from the fibroid (VIDEO).
Tip. Staying under the pseudocapsule reduces bleeding and may preserve the tissue’s growth factors and neurotransmitters, which are thought to promote wound healing.6
Dissection with the mechanical vibration scalpel (or monopolar needle) should be performed under visual control to identify the tissue adhering to the fibroid, which is desiccated and then divided. The fibroid is dissected until free of the myometrium and is placed in the right lower abdomen. Small fibroids can be strung together on a long suture so none will be lost. Using bipolar paddles, desiccate large bleeding vessels in the myometrial defect sparingly, with care taken to avoid devascularizing the myometrium, which might compromise wound healing. Myometrial repair should be performed in accordance with the accepted surgical technique used in laparotomy.
Place delayed absorbable sutures in 2 or 3 layers, as needed, to reapproximate the myometrium and secure hemostasis.
Tip: I use 0 polydioxanone interrupted figure-of-8 sutures, but continuous running sutures with or without barbs also can be used. For the serosa, I use a continuous barbed suture in a baseball stitch, which buries both the raw edges of the serosa and the barbs for smooth closure (FIGURE 3). These closure methods have not been compared to see which provides superior wound healing or subsequent wound strength.
The fibroid can be morcellated with an electromechanical morcellator or a scalpel (hand morcellation). Either instrument can be used in contained or uncontained fashion. I insert an electromechanical morcellator through the right lower quadrant incision and morcellate tissue in the anterior midpelvis. Safety requires careful control of the rotating blade and scrutiny of the bowel, bladder, and major vessels. Our operating room has 4 rules for morcellator use:
- The blade is activated only under direct visualization.
- Both the surgeon and the assistant must say “ready” before the blade is activated.
- The hand holding the morcellator must remain still while tissue is being drawn into the device.
- Any undue resistance from the tissue is cause to stop the blade. This precaution is taken because there is a tendency to drop the blade in an attempt to overcome the resistance.
Tip: I limit rotational forces and scattering of tissue by “pulsing” the blade on and off when morcellating softer tissue.
Various methods of contained morcellation (morcellation in a containment bag) have been described.7 In one method, tissue is placed in a bag, the neck of the bag is brought through an enlarged umbilical incision, and the tissue is cut into small pieces until it is entirely removed. Another method is to use an electromechanical morcellator with a specially designed containment bag inside the abdomen. The bag is introduced through a 12-mm port and unfurled inside the abdomen; the specimen is placed in the bag; the neck of the bag is brought out through the port; the bag is insufflated with carbon dioxide; the laparoscope, a 5-mm grasper, and the morcellator tip are passed into the bag; and morcellation is performed. Early studies of contained morcellation reported longer operating times, leaking bags, and visceral injuries. In 2016, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared the PneumoLiner containment system but required that its manufacturer (Advanced Surgical Concepts) warn patients and health care providers that its bag has not been proved to reduce the risk of spreading cancer during morcellation procedures.8
During laparoscopic myomectomy, fibroid removal by myometrial dissection disperses tissue fragments, and the unprotected fibroid is usually stored in the abdomen until hemostasis is secured and suturing completed. Limiting the rotational forces that lead to further dispersement and irrigating copiously to remove tissue fragments help eliminate residual tissue.
The pelvis and the abdomen are irrigated with normal saline (approximately 3 L) and suctioned multiple times.
Tip. Alternating between the Trendelenburg and reverse Trendelenburg positions allows fluid to wash tissue down to the pelvis, where it is more easily seen and removed.
Careful inspection for tissue fragments and copious irrigation and suctioning are important in reducing the risk that tissue fragments will remain in the peritoneal cavity and parasitic fibroids will develop. In cases of occult leiomyosarcoma (LMS), this step may be particularly important.
I place a knitted fabric of modified cellulose over the hysterotomy suture lines to reduce the incidence of adhesion formation. Once the procedure is complete, the local anesthetic bupivicaine is injected deep into the incision sites. Injecting anesthetic before making the incisions does not provide better pain relief; injecting after the procedure provides pain relief for 6 hours.9
Related article:
Robot-assisted laparoscopic myomectomy
Morcellation and risk of leiomyosarcoma
Given the need to prevent laparoscopic morcellators from inadvertently spreading tissue within the peritoneal cavity of women with occult LMS, the FDA issued a safety communication in 2014 warning against their use in the majority of women who undergo myomectomy or hysterectomy for fibroids.10 However, Pritts and colleagues estimated the prevalence of LMS in women who had surgery for presumed uterine fibroids at about 1 in 2,000 (0.05%), significantly lower than the FDA’s estimate of 1 in 350.10,11 In 2015, a large population-based prospective registry study found 2 cases of occult LMS in 8,720 fibroid surgery patients (0.02%).12
Related article:
The FDA’s review of the data on open power morcellation was “inadequate, irresponsible” and a “disservice to women”
Since LMS metastasizes through the bloodstream, there is no reliable evidence that morcellation influences survival or that electromechanical morcellation is inferior to vaginal or mini-laparotomy morcellation with a scalpel. According to recent publications, compared with MIS, open abdominal surgery is associated with more morbidity and mortality in women.13 Since the FDA advisory was issued, the number of abdominal surgeries has increased, as has the number of related complications.13
I use electromechanical morcellation techniques for women who want MIS. All surgical procedures have potential risks, and patients’ and physicians’ understanding of risks forms the foundation of medical decision making. The possibility of occult LMS should be considered by women and their gynecologists, and proper informed consent, noting both the LMS risk and the increased risks of abdominal surgery, should be obtained.
Related article:
Tissue extraction: Can the pendulum change direction?
Risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy
After abdominal myomectomy, uterine rupture during pregnancy or delivery is rare, according to reviews of delivery records of many thousands of women.14 Operative techniques, instruments, and energy sources used during laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy may differ from those used during laparotomy, and anecdotal communications suggest that uterine rupture may be more common after laparoscopic or robot-assisted myomectomy. A meta-analysis of 56 articles (3,685 pregnancies) published between 1970 and 2013 found 29 cases of uterine rupture after myomectomy, with no statistical difference in rupture risk between laparoscopic and abdominal myomectomy.15 As most reports are case studies or small case series, the incidence of rupture cannot be reliably calculated.
There is no consensus regarding the factors that may increase the risk of uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. Three factors are postulated to interfere with myometrial wound healing and increase uterine rupture risk: failure to adequately suture myometrial defects, excessive use of monopolar or bipolar electrosurgery with devascularization of the myometrium, and lack of hemostasis with subsequent hematoma formation.16 It seems prudent that surgeons should adhere to time-tested techniques for abdominal myomectomy. Even with use of ideal surgical techniques, however, individual wound-healing characteristics may predispose to uterine rupture.
CASE Resolved
After giving proper informed consent, the patient underwent laparoscopic myomectomy and electromechanical morcellation. Her 2 fibroids were removed, with a blood loss of 200 mL, and that afternoon she was discharged from the surgery center with written postoperative instructions and oral pain medication. A telephone call the next day found her comfortable, with no nausea or vomiting, and happy to be fibroid free. Pathologic inspection of the morcellated tissue confirmed that the fibroids were benign. At 2-week follow-up, the patient was no longer taking pain medication and was ready to return to work and normal activity. Her fatigue persisted, though, and she arranged to take time to rest during the day.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
- Jin C, Hu Y, Chen XC, et al. Laparoscopic versus open myomectomy—a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2009;145(1):14–21.
- Dueholm M, Lundorf E, Hansen ES, Ledertoug S, Olesen F. Evaluation of the uterine cavity with magnetic resonance imaging, transvaginal sonography, hysterosonographic examination, and diagnostic hysteroscopy. Fertil Steril. 2001;76(2):350–357.
- Parker WH. The utility of MRI for the surgical treatment of women with uterine fibroid tumors. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206(1):31–36.
- Sizzi O, Rossetti A, Malzoni M, et al. Italian multicenter study on complications of laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2007;14(4):453–462.
- Riess ML, Ulrichs JG, Pagel PS, Woehlck HJ. Case report: severe vasospasm mimics hypotension after high-dose intrauterine vasopressin. Anesth Analg. 2011;113(5):1103–1105.
- Tinelli A, Mynbaev OA, Sparic R, et al. Angiogenesis and vascularization of uterine leiomyoma: clinical value of pseudocapsule containing peptides and neurotransmitters. Curr Protein Pept Sci. 2016;18(2):129–139.
- Taylan E, Sahin C, Zeybek B, Akdemir A. Contained morcellation: review of current methods and future directions. Front Surg. 2017;4:15.
- US Food and Drug Administration. FDA allows marketing of first-of-kind tissue containment system for use with certain laparoscopic power morcellators in select patients. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm494650.htm. Published April 7, 2016. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Loizides S, Gurusamy KS, Nagendran M, Rossi M, Guerrini GP, Davidson BR. Wound infiltration with local anesthetic agents for laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD007049.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Laparoscopic uterine power morcellation in hysterectomy and myomectomy: FDA safety communication. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm393576.htm. Published April 17, 2014. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Pritts EA, Vanness DJ, Berek JS, et al. The prevalence of occult leiomyosarcoma at surgery for presumed uterine fibroids: a meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2015;12(3):165–177.
- Bojahr B, De Wilde RL, Tchartchian G. Malignancy rate of 10,731 uteri morcellated during laparoscopic supracervical hysterectomy (LASH). Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2015;292(3):665–672.
- Harris JA, Swenson CW, Uppal S, et al. Practice patterns and postoperative complications before and after US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on power morcellation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214(1):98.e1–e13.
- Palerme GR, Friedman EA. Rupture of the gravid uterus in the third trimester. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1966;94(4):571–576.
- Claeys J, Hellendoorn I, Hamerlynck T, Bosteels J, Weyers S. The risk of uterine rupture after myomectomy: a systematic review of the literature and meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2014;11(3):197–206.
- Parker WH, Einarsson J, Istre O, Dubuisson JB. Risk factors for uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2010;17(5):551–554.
- Jin C, Hu Y, Chen XC, et al. Laparoscopic versus open myomectomy—a meta-analysis of randomized controlled trials. Eur J Obstet Gynecol Reprod Biol. 2009;145(1):14–21.
- Dueholm M, Lundorf E, Hansen ES, Ledertoug S, Olesen F. Evaluation of the uterine cavity with magnetic resonance imaging, transvaginal sonography, hysterosonographic examination, and diagnostic hysteroscopy. Fertil Steril. 2001;76(2):350–357.
- Parker WH. The utility of MRI for the surgical treatment of women with uterine fibroid tumors. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;206(1):31–36.
- Sizzi O, Rossetti A, Malzoni M, et al. Italian multicenter study on complications of laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2007;14(4):453–462.
- Riess ML, Ulrichs JG, Pagel PS, Woehlck HJ. Case report: severe vasospasm mimics hypotension after high-dose intrauterine vasopressin. Anesth Analg. 2011;113(5):1103–1105.
- Tinelli A, Mynbaev OA, Sparic R, et al. Angiogenesis and vascularization of uterine leiomyoma: clinical value of pseudocapsule containing peptides and neurotransmitters. Curr Protein Pept Sci. 2016;18(2):129–139.
- Taylan E, Sahin C, Zeybek B, Akdemir A. Contained morcellation: review of current methods and future directions. Front Surg. 2017;4:15.
- US Food and Drug Administration. FDA allows marketing of first-of-kind tissue containment system for use with certain laparoscopic power morcellators in select patients. http://www.fda.gov/NewsEvents/Newsroom/PressAnnouncements/ucm494650.htm. Published April 7, 2016. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Loizides S, Gurusamy KS, Nagendran M, Rossi M, Guerrini GP, Davidson BR. Wound infiltration with local anesthetic agents for laparoscopic cholecystectomy. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;(3):CD007049.
- US Food and Drug Administration. Laparoscopic uterine power morcellation in hysterectomy and myomectomy: FDA safety communication. http://www.fda.gov/MedicalDevices/Safety/AlertsandNotices/ucm393576.htm. Published April 17, 2014. Accessed June 9, 2017.
- Pritts EA, Vanness DJ, Berek JS, et al. The prevalence of occult leiomyosarcoma at surgery for presumed uterine fibroids: a meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2015;12(3):165–177.
- Bojahr B, De Wilde RL, Tchartchian G. Malignancy rate of 10,731 uteri morcellated during laparoscopic supracervical hysterectomy (LASH). Arch Gynecol Obstet. 2015;292(3):665–672.
- Harris JA, Swenson CW, Uppal S, et al. Practice patterns and postoperative complications before and after US Food and Drug Administration safety communication on power morcellation. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2016;214(1):98.e1–e13.
- Palerme GR, Friedman EA. Rupture of the gravid uterus in the third trimester. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1966;94(4):571–576.
- Claeys J, Hellendoorn I, Hamerlynck T, Bosteels J, Weyers S. The risk of uterine rupture after myomectomy: a systematic review of the literature and meta-analysis. Gynecol Surg. 2014;11(3):197–206.
- Parker WH, Einarsson J, Istre O, Dubuisson JB. Risk factors for uterine rupture after laparoscopic myomectomy. J Minim Invasive Gynecol. 2010;17(5):551–554.
In-office hysteroscopy procedures: Reimbursement jumps 237%
As it does annually, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) has announced changes to the resource-based relative value scale (RBRVS) physician payment system. This system is not static, and each year the CMS identifies codes to review that appear to be either overvalued or undervalued. While the CMS leads this process, the American Medical Association (AMA), working in conjunction with national medical specialty societies, provides annual recommended updates and changes to the CMS via its AMA/Specialty Society RVS Update Committee (RUC).
RVUs defined
Relative value units (RVUs), assigned to most codes found in the AMA’s Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) book, are calculated based on 3 elements: physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost. For Medicare reimbursement purposes, these elements are adjusted by the current geographic index, and this adjusted RVU is then multiplied by the Medicare calculated annual conversion factor (in fiscal year 2017, that amount is $35.8887) to determine the final allowable for any given provider.
Commercial payers who use the RBRVS system for reimbursement usually calculate their own conversion factors, which they may or may not publish. Such calculation can be based on a percentage increase over the Medicare rate or other factors.
In-office hysteroscopy procedure reimbursement increases
This year, some notable increases and decreases in the practice expense element will impact payment to ObGyn practices. The best news is that for practices in which clinicians have been removing polyps or performing endometrial sampling or a full dilation and curettage (D & C) using a hysteroscope in the office, practice expense reimbursement now will improve dramatically. The practice expense RVU for CPT code 58558, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with sampling (biopsy) of endometrium and/or polypectomy, with or without D & C, has been increased more than 450% in this setting, with an increase from 6.11 in 2016 to 33.82 as of January 2, 2017, which reduces to a 237% increase when the change to the total RVU is calculated.
More new-found income. The only other procedure showing at least a 10% increase in reimbursement in the office setting is the professional component for the ultrasonic guidance for aspiration of ova.
When your reimbursements will decrease
Unfortunately, reimbursement has also been decreased for some CPT code procedures. The urodynamic study code 51784, Electromyography studies (EMG) of anal or urethral sphincter, other than needle, any technique, has decreased in RVU value by about 64%. This is due to cutting by half the physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost RVU elements. Although hit with a somewhat smaller decrease, code 58562, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with removal of impacted foreign body, also suffered a decrease in all 3 RVU elements in the office setting, amounting to about a 19% decrease.
In the facility setting, the RVU for the code for vaginoplasty has been increased by 10%, but 11 procedures have lost between 11% and 19% of their previous RVU levels in this setting, and more than half are for hysteroscopic procedures. The complete list of codes that have incurred at least a 10% RVU change in 2017 are listed in TABLES 1 and 2 according to place of service.
Related article:
GYN coding changes to note for your maximized reimbursement
What’s up next for review and possible adjustment
Finally, as a reminder to all providers, the CMS has identified 3 procedure codes that are potentially misvalued due to their being reported more than 50% of the time with an evaluation and management (E/M) service. These codes represent 0-day procedures and will be evaluated during 2017:
- 57150, Irrigation of vagina and/or application of medicament for treatment of bacterial, parasitic, or fungoid disease
- 57160, Fitting and insertion of pessary or other intravaginal support device
- 58100, Endometrial sampling (biopsy) with or without endocervical sampling (biopsy), without cervical dilation, any method (separate procedure).
The CMS has made it clear that all 0-day procedure codes include evaluation services on the date of service, including the decision to do the procedure. If the CMS examination of data finds that the documentation does not support a separate and significant E/M service at the time of the procedure, the agency will consider adjusting the physician work component. All providers should therefore examine their reporting of an E/M service with 0-day procedures to ensure that the documentation clearly supports doing so.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
As it does annually, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) has announced changes to the resource-based relative value scale (RBRVS) physician payment system. This system is not static, and each year the CMS identifies codes to review that appear to be either overvalued or undervalued. While the CMS leads this process, the American Medical Association (AMA), working in conjunction with national medical specialty societies, provides annual recommended updates and changes to the CMS via its AMA/Specialty Society RVS Update Committee (RUC).
RVUs defined
Relative value units (RVUs), assigned to most codes found in the AMA’s Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) book, are calculated based on 3 elements: physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost. For Medicare reimbursement purposes, these elements are adjusted by the current geographic index, and this adjusted RVU is then multiplied by the Medicare calculated annual conversion factor (in fiscal year 2017, that amount is $35.8887) to determine the final allowable for any given provider.
Commercial payers who use the RBRVS system for reimbursement usually calculate their own conversion factors, which they may or may not publish. Such calculation can be based on a percentage increase over the Medicare rate or other factors.
In-office hysteroscopy procedure reimbursement increases
This year, some notable increases and decreases in the practice expense element will impact payment to ObGyn practices. The best news is that for practices in which clinicians have been removing polyps or performing endometrial sampling or a full dilation and curettage (D & C) using a hysteroscope in the office, practice expense reimbursement now will improve dramatically. The practice expense RVU for CPT code 58558, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with sampling (biopsy) of endometrium and/or polypectomy, with or without D & C, has been increased more than 450% in this setting, with an increase from 6.11 in 2016 to 33.82 as of January 2, 2017, which reduces to a 237% increase when the change to the total RVU is calculated.
More new-found income. The only other procedure showing at least a 10% increase in reimbursement in the office setting is the professional component for the ultrasonic guidance for aspiration of ova.
When your reimbursements will decrease
Unfortunately, reimbursement has also been decreased for some CPT code procedures. The urodynamic study code 51784, Electromyography studies (EMG) of anal or urethral sphincter, other than needle, any technique, has decreased in RVU value by about 64%. This is due to cutting by half the physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost RVU elements. Although hit with a somewhat smaller decrease, code 58562, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with removal of impacted foreign body, also suffered a decrease in all 3 RVU elements in the office setting, amounting to about a 19% decrease.
In the facility setting, the RVU for the code for vaginoplasty has been increased by 10%, but 11 procedures have lost between 11% and 19% of their previous RVU levels in this setting, and more than half are for hysteroscopic procedures. The complete list of codes that have incurred at least a 10% RVU change in 2017 are listed in TABLES 1 and 2 according to place of service.
Related article:
GYN coding changes to note for your maximized reimbursement
What’s up next for review and possible adjustment
Finally, as a reminder to all providers, the CMS has identified 3 procedure codes that are potentially misvalued due to their being reported more than 50% of the time with an evaluation and management (E/M) service. These codes represent 0-day procedures and will be evaluated during 2017:
- 57150, Irrigation of vagina and/or application of medicament for treatment of bacterial, parasitic, or fungoid disease
- 57160, Fitting and insertion of pessary or other intravaginal support device
- 58100, Endometrial sampling (biopsy) with or without endocervical sampling (biopsy), without cervical dilation, any method (separate procedure).
The CMS has made it clear that all 0-day procedure codes include evaluation services on the date of service, including the decision to do the procedure. If the CMS examination of data finds that the documentation does not support a separate and significant E/M service at the time of the procedure, the agency will consider adjusting the physician work component. All providers should therefore examine their reporting of an E/M service with 0-day procedures to ensure that the documentation clearly supports doing so.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
As it does annually, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) has announced changes to the resource-based relative value scale (RBRVS) physician payment system. This system is not static, and each year the CMS identifies codes to review that appear to be either overvalued or undervalued. While the CMS leads this process, the American Medical Association (AMA), working in conjunction with national medical specialty societies, provides annual recommended updates and changes to the CMS via its AMA/Specialty Society RVS Update Committee (RUC).
RVUs defined
Relative value units (RVUs), assigned to most codes found in the AMA’s Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) book, are calculated based on 3 elements: physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost. For Medicare reimbursement purposes, these elements are adjusted by the current geographic index, and this adjusted RVU is then multiplied by the Medicare calculated annual conversion factor (in fiscal year 2017, that amount is $35.8887) to determine the final allowable for any given provider.
Commercial payers who use the RBRVS system for reimbursement usually calculate their own conversion factors, which they may or may not publish. Such calculation can be based on a percentage increase over the Medicare rate or other factors.
In-office hysteroscopy procedure reimbursement increases
This year, some notable increases and decreases in the practice expense element will impact payment to ObGyn practices. The best news is that for practices in which clinicians have been removing polyps or performing endometrial sampling or a full dilation and curettage (D & C) using a hysteroscope in the office, practice expense reimbursement now will improve dramatically. The practice expense RVU for CPT code 58558, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with sampling (biopsy) of endometrium and/or polypectomy, with or without D & C, has been increased more than 450% in this setting, with an increase from 6.11 in 2016 to 33.82 as of January 2, 2017, which reduces to a 237% increase when the change to the total RVU is calculated.
More new-found income. The only other procedure showing at least a 10% increase in reimbursement in the office setting is the professional component for the ultrasonic guidance for aspiration of ova.
When your reimbursements will decrease
Unfortunately, reimbursement has also been decreased for some CPT code procedures. The urodynamic study code 51784, Electromyography studies (EMG) of anal or urethral sphincter, other than needle, any technique, has decreased in RVU value by about 64%. This is due to cutting by half the physician work, practice expense, and malpractice cost RVU elements. Although hit with a somewhat smaller decrease, code 58562, Hysteroscopy, surgical; with removal of impacted foreign body, also suffered a decrease in all 3 RVU elements in the office setting, amounting to about a 19% decrease.
In the facility setting, the RVU for the code for vaginoplasty has been increased by 10%, but 11 procedures have lost between 11% and 19% of their previous RVU levels in this setting, and more than half are for hysteroscopic procedures. The complete list of codes that have incurred at least a 10% RVU change in 2017 are listed in TABLES 1 and 2 according to place of service.
Related article:
GYN coding changes to note for your maximized reimbursement
What’s up next for review and possible adjustment
Finally, as a reminder to all providers, the CMS has identified 3 procedure codes that are potentially misvalued due to their being reported more than 50% of the time with an evaluation and management (E/M) service. These codes represent 0-day procedures and will be evaluated during 2017:
- 57150, Irrigation of vagina and/or application of medicament for treatment of bacterial, parasitic, or fungoid disease
- 57160, Fitting and insertion of pessary or other intravaginal support device
- 58100, Endometrial sampling (biopsy) with or without endocervical sampling (biopsy), without cervical dilation, any method (separate procedure).
The CMS has made it clear that all 0-day procedure codes include evaluation services on the date of service, including the decision to do the procedure. If the CMS examination of data finds that the documentation does not support a separate and significant E/M service at the time of the procedure, the agency will consider adjusting the physician work component. All providers should therefore examine their reporting of an E/M service with 0-day procedures to ensure that the documentation clearly supports doing so.
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
IN THIS ARTICLE
- Relative value scale changes
- In-office servicesreimbursement
- In-facility servicesreimbursement
Techniques and behaviors associated with exemplary inpatient general medicine teaching: an exploratory qualitative study
Clinician educators face numerous obstacles to their joint mission of facilitating learning while also ensuring high-quality and patient-centered care. Time constraints, including the institution of house officer duty hour limitations,1 shorter lengths of stay for hospitalized patients,2 and competing career responsibilities, combine to create a dynamic learning environment. Additionally, clinician educators must balance the autonomy of their learners with the safety of their patients. They must teach to multiple learning levels and work collaboratively with multiple disciplines to foster an effective team-based approach to patient care. Yet, many clinician educators have no formal training in pedagogical methods.3 Such challenges necessitate increased attention to the work of excellent clinician educators and their respective teaching approaches.
Many studies of clinical teaching rely primarily on survey data of attributes of good clinical teachers.3-7 While some studies have incorporated direct observations of teaching8,9 or interviews with clinician educators or learners,10,11 few have incorporated multiple perspectives from the current team and from former learners in order to provide a comprehensive picture of team-based learning.12
The goal of this study was to gain a thorough understanding, through multiple perspectives, of the techniques and behaviors used by exemplary educators within actual clinical environments. We studied attitudes, behaviors, and approaches of 12 such inpatient clinician educators.
METHODS
Study Design and Sampling
This was a multisite study using an exploratory qualitative approach to inquiry. This approach was used to study the techniques and behaviors of excellent attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. A modified snowball sampling approach13 was used, meaning individuals known to one member of the research team (SS) were initially contacted and asked to identify clinician educators (also referred to as attendings) for potential inclusion in the study. In an effort to identify attendings from a broad range of medical schools, the “2015 U.S. News and World Report Top Medical Schools: Research” rankings14 were also reviewed, with priority given to the top 25, as these are widely used to represent the best US hospitals. In an attempt to invite attendings from diverse institutions, additional medical schools not in the top 25 as well as historically black medical schools were also included. Division chiefs and chairs of internal medicine and/or directors of internal medicine residency programs at these schools were contacted and asked for recommendations of attendings, both within and outside their institutions, who they considered to be great inpatient teachers. In addition, key experts who have won teaching awards or were known to be specialists in the field of medical education were asked to nominate one or two other outstanding attendings.
By using this sampling method, 59 potential participants were identified. An internet search was conducted to obtain information about the potential participants and their institutions. Organizational characteristics such as geographic location, hospital size and affiliation, and patient population, as well as individual characteristics such as gender, medical education and training, and educational awards received were considered so that a diversity of organizations and backgrounds was represented. The list was narrowed down to 16 attendings who were contacted via e-mail and asked to participate. Interested participants were asked for a list of their current team members and 6 to 10 former learners to contact for interviews and focus groups. Former learners were included in an effort to better understand lasting effects on learners from their exemplary teaching attendings. A total of 12 attending physicians agreed to participate (Table 1). Literature on field methods has shown that 12 interviews are found to be adequate in accomplishing data saturation.15 Although 2 attendings were located at the same institution, we decided to include them given that both are recognized as master clinician educators and were each recommended by several individuals from various institutions. Hospitals were located throughout the US and included both university-affiliated hospitals and Veterans Affairs medical centers. Despite efforts to include physicians from historically black colleges and universities, only one attending was identified, and they declined the request to participate.
Data Collection
Observations. The one-day site visits were mainly conducted by two research team members, a physician (SS) and a medical anthropologist (MH), both of whom have extensive experience in qualitative methods. Teams were not uniform but were generally comprised of 1 attending, 1 senior medical resident, 1 to 2 interns, and approximately 2 medical students. Occasionally, a pharmacist, clinical assistant, or other health professional accompanied the team on rounds. Not infrequently, the bedside nurse would explicitly be included in the discussion regarding his or her specific patient. Each site visit began with observing attendings (N = 12) and current learners (N = 57) during rounds. Each research team member recorded their own observations via handwritten field notes, paying particular attention to group interactions, teaching approach, conversations occurring within and peripheral to the team, patient-team interactions, and the physical environment. By standing outside of the medical team circle and remaining silent during rounds, research team members remained unobtrusive to the discussion and process of rounds. Materials the attendings used during their teaching rounds were also documented and collected. Rounds generally lasted 2 to 3 hours. After each site visit, the research team met to compare and combine field notes.
Interviews and Focus Groups. The research team then conducted individual, semi-structured interviews with the attendings, focus groups with their current team (N = 46), and interviews or focus groups with their former learners (N = 26; Supplement 1). Eleven of the current team members observed during rounds were unable to participate in the focus groups due to clinical duties. Because the current learners who participated in the focus groups were also observed during rounds, the research team was able to ask them open-ended questions regarding teaching rounds and their roles as learners within this environment. Former learners who were still at the hospital participated in separate focus groups or interviews. Former learners who were no longer present at the hospital were contacted by telephone and individually interviewed by one research team member (MH). All interviews and focus groups were audio-recorded and transcribed.
This study was determined to be exempt by the University of Michigan Institutional Review Board. All participants were informed that their participation was completely voluntary and that they could terminate their involvement at any time.
Data Analysis
Data were analyzed using a thematic analysis approach.16 Thematic analysis entails reading through the data to identify patterns (and create codes) that relate to behaviors, experiences, meanings, and activities. Once patterns have been identified, they are grouped according to similarity into themes, which help to further explain the findings.17
After the first site visit was completed, the research team members that participated (SS and MH) met to develop initial ideas about meanings and possible patterns. All transcripts were read by one team member (MH) and, based on review of the data, codes were developed, defined, and documented in a codebook. This process was repeated after every site visit using the codebook to expand or combine codes and refine definitions as necessary. If a new code was added, the previously coded data were reviewed to apply the new code. NVivo® 10 software (QSR International; Melbourne, Australia) was used to manage the data.
Once all field notes and transcripts were coded (MH), the code reports, which list all data described within a specific code, were run to ensure consistency and identify relationships between codes. Once coding was verified, codes were grouped based on similarities and relationships into salient themes by 3 members of the research team (NH, MH, and SM). Themes, along with their supporting codes, were then further defined to understand how these attendings worked to facilitate excellent teaching in clinical settings.
RESULTS
The coded interview data and field notes were categorized into broad, overlapping themes. Three of these major themes include (1) fostering positive relationships, (2) patient-centered teaching, and (3) collaboration and coaching. Table 2 lists each theme, salient behaviors, examples, and selected quotes that further elucidate its meaning.
Fostering Positive Relationships
Attending physicians took observable steps to develop positive relationships with their team members, which in turn created a safe learning environment. For instance, attendings used learners’ first names, demonstrated interest in their well-being, deployed humor, and generally displayed informal actions—uncrossed arms, “fist bump” when recognizing learners’ success, standing outside the circle of team members and leaning in to listen—during learner interactions. Attendings also made it a priority to get to know individuals on a personal level. As one current learner put it, “He asks about where we are from. He will try to find some kind of connection that he can establish with not only each of the team members but also with each of the patients.”
Additionally, attendings built positive relationships with their learners by responding thoughtfully to their input, even when learners’ evaluations of patients required modification. In turn, learners reported feeling safe to ask questions, admit uncertainty, and respectfully disagree with their attendings. As one attending reflected, “If I can get them into a place where they feel like the learning environment is someplace where they can make a mistake and know that that mistake does not necessarily mean that it’s going to cost them in their evaluation part, then I feel like that’s why it’s important.”
To build rapport and create a safe learning environment, attendings used a number of strategies to position themselves as learners alongside their team members. For instance, attendings indicated that they wanted their ideas questioned because they saw it as an opportunity to learn. Moreover, in conversations with learners, attendings demonstrated humility, admitting when they did not know something. One former learner noted, “There have been times when he has asked [a] question…nobody knows and then he admits that he doesn’t know either. So everybody goes and looks it up…The whole thing turns out to be a fun learning experience.”
Attendings demonstrated respect for their team members’ time by reading about patients before rounds, identifying learning opportunities during rounds, and integrating teaching points into the daily work of patient care. Teaching was not relegated exclusively to the conference room or confined to the traditional “chalk talk” before or after rounds but rather was assimilated into daily workflow. They appeared to be responsive to the needs of individual patients and the team, which allowed attendings to both directly oversee their patients’ care and overcome the challenges of multiple competing demands for time. The importance of this approach was made clear by one current learner who stated “…she does prepare before, especially you know on call days, she does prepare for the new patients before coming in to staff, which is really appreciated… it saves a lot of time on rounds.”
Attendings also included other health professionals in team discussions. Attendings used many of the same relationship-building techniques with these professionals as they did with learners and patients. They consistently asked these professionals to provide insight and direction in patients’ plans of care. A former learner commented, “He always asks the [nurse] what is her impression of the patient...he truly values the [nurse’s] opinion of the patient.” One attending reiterated this approach, stating “I don’t want them to think that anything I have to say is more valuable than our pharmacist or the [nurse].”
Patient-Centered Teaching
Attending physicians modeled numerous teaching techniques that focused learning around the patient. Attendings knew their patients well through review of the medical records, discussion with the patient, and personal examination. This preparation allowed attendings to focus on key teaching points in the context of the patient. One former learner noted, “He tended to bring up a variety of things that really fit well into the clinical scenario. So whether that is talking about what is the differential for a new symptom that just came up for this patient or kind of here is a new paper talking about this condition or maybe some other pearl of physical exam for a patient that has a certain physical condition.”
Attendings served as effective role models by being directly involved in examining and talking with patients as well as demonstrating excellent physical examination and communication techniques. One current learner articulated the importance of learning these skills by observing them done well: “I think he teaches by example and by doing, again, those little things: being attentive to the patients and being very careful during exams…I think those are things that you teach people by doing them, not by saying you need to do this better during the patient encounter.”
Collaboration and Coaching
Attending physicians used varied collaboration and coaching techniques to facilitate learning across the entire care team. During rounds, attendings utilized visual aids to reinforce key concepts and simplify complex topics. They also collaborated by using discussion rather than lecture to engage with team members. For instance, attendings used Socratic questioning, asking questions that lead learners through critical thinking and allow them to solve problems themselves, to guide learners’ decision-making. One former learner reported, “He never gives you the answer, and he always asks your opinion; ‘So what are your thoughts on this?’”
Coaching for success, rather than directing the various team members, was emphasized. Attendings did not wish to be seen as the “leaders” of the team. During rounds, one attending was noted to explain his role in ensuring that the team was building connections with others: “When we have a bad outcome, if it feels like your soul has been ripped out, then you’ve done something right. You’ve made that connection with the patient. My job, as your coach, was to build communication between all of us so we feel vested in each other and our patients.”
Attendings also fostered clinical reasoning skills in their learners by encouraging them to verbalize their thought processes aloud in order to clarify and check for understanding. Attendings also placed emphasis not simply on memorizing content but rather prioritization of the patient’s problems and thinking step by step through individual medical problems. One current learner applauded an attending who could “come up with schematics of how to approach problems rather than feeding us factual information of this paper or this trial.”
Additionally, attendings facilitated learning across the entire care team by differentiating their teaching to meet the needs of multiple learning levels. While the entire team was explicitly included in the learning process, attendings encouraged learners to play various roles, execute tasks, and answer questions depending on their educational level. Attendings positioned learners as leaders of the team by allowing them to talk without interruption and by encouraging them to take ownership of their patients’ care. One former learner stated, “She set expectations…we would be the ones who would be running the team, that you know it would very much be our team and that she is there to advise us and provide supervision but also safety for the patients as well.”
CONCLUSION
This study reveals the complex ways effective attendings build rapport, create a safe learning environment, utilize patient-centered teaching strategies, and engage in collaboration and coaching with all members of the team. These findings provide a framework of shared themes and their salient behaviors that may influence the success of inpatient general medicine clinician educators (Table 3).
There is a broad and voluminous literature on the subject of outstanding clinical teaching characteristics, much of which has shaped various faculty development curricula for decades. This study sought not to identify novel approaches of inpatient teaching necessarily but rather to closely examine the techniques and behaviors of clinician educators identified as exemplary. The findings affirm and reinforce the numerous, well-documented lists of personal attributes, techniques, and behaviors that resonate with learners, including creating a positive environment, demonstrating enthusiasm and interest in the learner, reading facial expressions, being student-centered, maintaining a high level of clinical knowledge, and utilizing effective communication skills.18-24 The strengths of this study lie within the nuanced and rich observations and discussions that move beyond learners’ Likert scale evaluations and responses.3-7,12 Input was sought from multiple perspectives on the care team, which provided detail from key stakeholders. Out of these comprehensive data arose several conclusions that extend the research literature on medical education.
In their seminal review, Sutkin et al.18 demonstrate that two thirds of characteristics of outstanding clinical teachers are “noncognitive” and that, “Perhaps what makes a clinical educator truly great depends less on the acquisition of cognitive skills such as medical knowledge and formulating learning objectives, and more on inherent, relationship-based, noncognitive attributes. Whereas cognitive abilities generally involve skills that may be taught and learned, albeit with difficulty, noncognitive abilities represent personal attributes, such as relationship skills, personality types, and emotional states, which are more difficult to develop and teach.”18 Our study, thus, adds to the literature by (1) highlighting examples of techniques and behaviors that encompass the crucial “noncognitive” arena and (2) informing best practices in teaching clinical medicine, especially those that resonate with learners, for future faculty development.
The findings highlight the role that relationships play in the teaching and learning of team-based medicine. Building rapport and sustaining successful relationships are cornerstones of effective teaching.18 For the attendings in this study, this manifested in observable, tangible behaviors such as greeting others by name, joking, using physical touch, and actively involving all team members, regardless of role or level of education. Previous literature has highlighted the importance of showing interest in learners.7,19,25-27 This study provides multiple and varied examples of ways in which interest might be displayed.
For patients, the critical role of relationships was evidenced through rapport building and attention to patients as people outside their acute hospitalization. For instance, attendings regularly put patients’ medical issues into context and anticipated future outpatient challenges. To the authors’ knowledge, previous scholarship has not significantly emphasized this form of contextualized medicine, which involves the mindful consideration of the ongoing needs patients may experience upon transitions of care.
Several participants highlighted humility as an important characteristic of effective clinician educators. Attendings recognized that the field produces more new knowledge than can possibly be assimilated and that uncertainty is a mainstay of modern medical care. Attendings frequently utilized self-deprecation to acknowledge doubt, a technique that created a collaborative environment in which learners also felt safe to ask questions. These findings support the viewpoints by Reilly and Beckman that humility and an appreciation for questions and push-back from learners encourage lifelong learning through role modeling.19,23 In responding to the interviewer’s question “And what happens when [the attending] is wrong?” one learner simply stated, “He makes fun of himself.”
This study has several limitations. First, it was conducted in a limited number of US based healthcare systems. The majority of institutions represented were larger, research intensive hospitals. While these hospitals were purposefully selected to provide a range in geography, size, type, and access to resources, the findings may differ in other settings. Second, it was conducted with a limited number of attendings and learners, which may limit the study’s generalizability. However, enough interviews were conducted to reach data saturation.15 Because evidence for a causal relationship between quality teaching and student and patient outcomes is lacking,18 we must rely on imperfect proxies for teaching excellence, including awards and recognition. This study attempted to identify exemplary educators through various means, but it is recognized that bias is likely. Third, because attendings provided lists of former learners, selection and recall biases may have been introduced, as attendings may have more readily identified former learners with whom they formed strong relationships. Fourth, focus was placed exclusively on teaching and learning within general medicine rounds. This was because there would be ample opportunity for teaching on this service, the structure of the teams and the types of patients would be comparable across sites, and the principal investigator was also a general medicine attending and would have a frame of reference for these types of rounds. Due to this narrow focus, the findings may not be generalizable to other subspecialties. Fifth, attendings were selected through a nonexhaustive method. However, the multisite design, the modified snowball sampling, and the inclusion of several types of institutions in the final participant pool introduced diversity to the final list. Finally, although we cannot discount the potential role of a Hawthorne effect on our data collection, the research team did attempt to mitigate this by standing apart from the care teams and remaining unobtrusive during observations.
Using a combination of interviews, focus group discussions, and direct observation, we identified consistent techniques and behaviors of excellent teaching attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. We hope that all levels of clinician educators may use them to elevate their own teaching.
Disclosure
Dr. Saint is on a medical advisory board of Doximity, a new social networking site for physicians, and receives an honorarium. He is also on the scientific advisory board of Jvion, a healthcare technology company. Drs. Houchens, Harrod, Moody, and Ms. Fowler have no conflicts of interest.
1. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common program requirements. 2011. http://www.acgme.org/Portals/0/PDFs/Common_Program_Requirements_07012011[2].pdf. Accessed September 16, 2016.
2. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project. Overview statistics for inpatient hospital stays. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital-Based Care in the United States, 2009. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011.
3. Busari JO, W eggelaar NM, Knottnerus AC, Greidanus PM, Scherpbier AJ. How medical residents perceive the quality of supervision provided by attending doctors in the clinical setting. Med Educ. 2005;39(7):696-703. PubMed
4. Smith CA, Varkey AB, Evans AT, Reilly BM. Evaluating the performance of inpatient attending physicians: a new instrument for today’s teaching hospitals. J Gen Intern Med. 2004;19(7):766-771. PubMed
5. Elnicki DM, Cooper A. Medical students’ perceptions of the elements of effective inpatient teaching by attending physicians and housestaff. J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(7):635-639. PubMed
6. Buchel TL, Edwards FD. Characteristics of effective clinical teachers. Fam Med. 2005;37(1):30-35. PubMed
7. Guarino CM, Ko CY, Baker LC, Klein DJ, Quiter ES, Escarce JJ. Impact of instructional practices on student satisfaction with attendings’ teaching in the inpatient component of internal medicine clerkships. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(1):7-12. PubMed
8. Irby DM. How attending physicians make instructional decisions when conducting teaching rounds. Acad Med. 1992;67(10):630-638. PubMed
9. Beckman TJ. Lessons learned from a peer review of bedside teaching. Acad Med. 2004;79(4):343-346. PubMed
10. Wright SM, Carrese JA. Excellence in role modelling: insight and perspectives from the pros. CMAJ. 2002;167(6):638-643. PubMed
11. Castiglioni A, Shewchuk RM, Willett LL, Heudebert GR, Centor RM. A pilot study using nominal group technique to assess residents’ perceptions of successful attending rounds. J Gen Intern Med. 2008;23(7):1060-1065. PubMed
12. Bergman K, Gaitskill T. Faculty and student perceptions of effective clinical teachers: an extension study. J Prof Nurs. 1990;6(1):33-44. PubMed
13. Richards L, Morse J. README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative Methods. 3rd ed. Los Angeles, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.; 2013.
14. U.S. News and World Report. Best Medical Schools: Research. 2014. http://grad-schools.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-graduate-schools/top-medical-schools/research-rankings. Accessed September 16, 2016.
15. Guest G, Bunce A, Johnson L. How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field Methods. 2006;18(1):59-82.
16. Braun V, Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual Res Psychol. 2006;3(2):77-101.
17. Aronson J. A pragmatic view of thematic analysis. Qual Rep. 1995;2(1):1-3.
18. Sutkin G, Wagner E, Harris I, Schiffer R. What makes a good clinical teacher in medicine? A review of the literature. Acad Med. 2008;83(5):452-466. PubMed
19. Beckman TJ, Lee MC. Proposal for a collaborative approach to clinical teaching. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(4):339-344. PubMed
20. Ramani S. Twelve tips to improve bedside teaching. Med Teach. 2003;25(2):112-115. PubMed
21. Irby DM. What clinical teachers in medicine need to know. Acad Med. 1994;69(5):333-342. PubMed
22. Wiese J, ed. Teaching in the Hospital. Philadelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.
23. Reilly BM. Inconvenient truths about effective clinical teaching. Lancet. 2007;370(9588):705-711. PubMed
24. Branch WT Jr, Kern D, Haidet P, et al. The patient-physician relationship. Teaching the human dimensions of care in clinical settings. JAMA. 2001;286(9):1067-1074. PubMed
25. McLeod PJ, Harden RM. Clinical teaching strategies for physicians. Med Teach. 1985;7(2):173-189. PubMed
26. Pinsky LE, Monson D, Irby DM. How excellent teachers are made: reflecting on success to improve teaching. Adv Health Sci Educ Theory Pract. 1998;3(3):207-215. PubMed
27. Ullian JA, Bland CJ, Simpson DE. An alternative approach to defining the role of the clinical teacher. Acad Med. 1994;69(10):832-838. PubMed
Clinician educators face numerous obstacles to their joint mission of facilitating learning while also ensuring high-quality and patient-centered care. Time constraints, including the institution of house officer duty hour limitations,1 shorter lengths of stay for hospitalized patients,2 and competing career responsibilities, combine to create a dynamic learning environment. Additionally, clinician educators must balance the autonomy of their learners with the safety of their patients. They must teach to multiple learning levels and work collaboratively with multiple disciplines to foster an effective team-based approach to patient care. Yet, many clinician educators have no formal training in pedagogical methods.3 Such challenges necessitate increased attention to the work of excellent clinician educators and their respective teaching approaches.
Many studies of clinical teaching rely primarily on survey data of attributes of good clinical teachers.3-7 While some studies have incorporated direct observations of teaching8,9 or interviews with clinician educators or learners,10,11 few have incorporated multiple perspectives from the current team and from former learners in order to provide a comprehensive picture of team-based learning.12
The goal of this study was to gain a thorough understanding, through multiple perspectives, of the techniques and behaviors used by exemplary educators within actual clinical environments. We studied attitudes, behaviors, and approaches of 12 such inpatient clinician educators.
METHODS
Study Design and Sampling
This was a multisite study using an exploratory qualitative approach to inquiry. This approach was used to study the techniques and behaviors of excellent attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. A modified snowball sampling approach13 was used, meaning individuals known to one member of the research team (SS) were initially contacted and asked to identify clinician educators (also referred to as attendings) for potential inclusion in the study. In an effort to identify attendings from a broad range of medical schools, the “2015 U.S. News and World Report Top Medical Schools: Research” rankings14 were also reviewed, with priority given to the top 25, as these are widely used to represent the best US hospitals. In an attempt to invite attendings from diverse institutions, additional medical schools not in the top 25 as well as historically black medical schools were also included. Division chiefs and chairs of internal medicine and/or directors of internal medicine residency programs at these schools were contacted and asked for recommendations of attendings, both within and outside their institutions, who they considered to be great inpatient teachers. In addition, key experts who have won teaching awards or were known to be specialists in the field of medical education were asked to nominate one or two other outstanding attendings.
By using this sampling method, 59 potential participants were identified. An internet search was conducted to obtain information about the potential participants and their institutions. Organizational characteristics such as geographic location, hospital size and affiliation, and patient population, as well as individual characteristics such as gender, medical education and training, and educational awards received were considered so that a diversity of organizations and backgrounds was represented. The list was narrowed down to 16 attendings who were contacted via e-mail and asked to participate. Interested participants were asked for a list of their current team members and 6 to 10 former learners to contact for interviews and focus groups. Former learners were included in an effort to better understand lasting effects on learners from their exemplary teaching attendings. A total of 12 attending physicians agreed to participate (Table 1). Literature on field methods has shown that 12 interviews are found to be adequate in accomplishing data saturation.15 Although 2 attendings were located at the same institution, we decided to include them given that both are recognized as master clinician educators and were each recommended by several individuals from various institutions. Hospitals were located throughout the US and included both university-affiliated hospitals and Veterans Affairs medical centers. Despite efforts to include physicians from historically black colleges and universities, only one attending was identified, and they declined the request to participate.
Data Collection
Observations. The one-day site visits were mainly conducted by two research team members, a physician (SS) and a medical anthropologist (MH), both of whom have extensive experience in qualitative methods. Teams were not uniform but were generally comprised of 1 attending, 1 senior medical resident, 1 to 2 interns, and approximately 2 medical students. Occasionally, a pharmacist, clinical assistant, or other health professional accompanied the team on rounds. Not infrequently, the bedside nurse would explicitly be included in the discussion regarding his or her specific patient. Each site visit began with observing attendings (N = 12) and current learners (N = 57) during rounds. Each research team member recorded their own observations via handwritten field notes, paying particular attention to group interactions, teaching approach, conversations occurring within and peripheral to the team, patient-team interactions, and the physical environment. By standing outside of the medical team circle and remaining silent during rounds, research team members remained unobtrusive to the discussion and process of rounds. Materials the attendings used during their teaching rounds were also documented and collected. Rounds generally lasted 2 to 3 hours. After each site visit, the research team met to compare and combine field notes.
Interviews and Focus Groups. The research team then conducted individual, semi-structured interviews with the attendings, focus groups with their current team (N = 46), and interviews or focus groups with their former learners (N = 26; Supplement 1). Eleven of the current team members observed during rounds were unable to participate in the focus groups due to clinical duties. Because the current learners who participated in the focus groups were also observed during rounds, the research team was able to ask them open-ended questions regarding teaching rounds and their roles as learners within this environment. Former learners who were still at the hospital participated in separate focus groups or interviews. Former learners who were no longer present at the hospital were contacted by telephone and individually interviewed by one research team member (MH). All interviews and focus groups were audio-recorded and transcribed.
This study was determined to be exempt by the University of Michigan Institutional Review Board. All participants were informed that their participation was completely voluntary and that they could terminate their involvement at any time.
Data Analysis
Data were analyzed using a thematic analysis approach.16 Thematic analysis entails reading through the data to identify patterns (and create codes) that relate to behaviors, experiences, meanings, and activities. Once patterns have been identified, they are grouped according to similarity into themes, which help to further explain the findings.17
After the first site visit was completed, the research team members that participated (SS and MH) met to develop initial ideas about meanings and possible patterns. All transcripts were read by one team member (MH) and, based on review of the data, codes were developed, defined, and documented in a codebook. This process was repeated after every site visit using the codebook to expand or combine codes and refine definitions as necessary. If a new code was added, the previously coded data were reviewed to apply the new code. NVivo® 10 software (QSR International; Melbourne, Australia) was used to manage the data.
Once all field notes and transcripts were coded (MH), the code reports, which list all data described within a specific code, were run to ensure consistency and identify relationships between codes. Once coding was verified, codes were grouped based on similarities and relationships into salient themes by 3 members of the research team (NH, MH, and SM). Themes, along with their supporting codes, were then further defined to understand how these attendings worked to facilitate excellent teaching in clinical settings.
RESULTS
The coded interview data and field notes were categorized into broad, overlapping themes. Three of these major themes include (1) fostering positive relationships, (2) patient-centered teaching, and (3) collaboration and coaching. Table 2 lists each theme, salient behaviors, examples, and selected quotes that further elucidate its meaning.
Fostering Positive Relationships
Attending physicians took observable steps to develop positive relationships with their team members, which in turn created a safe learning environment. For instance, attendings used learners’ first names, demonstrated interest in their well-being, deployed humor, and generally displayed informal actions—uncrossed arms, “fist bump” when recognizing learners’ success, standing outside the circle of team members and leaning in to listen—during learner interactions. Attendings also made it a priority to get to know individuals on a personal level. As one current learner put it, “He asks about where we are from. He will try to find some kind of connection that he can establish with not only each of the team members but also with each of the patients.”
Additionally, attendings built positive relationships with their learners by responding thoughtfully to their input, even when learners’ evaluations of patients required modification. In turn, learners reported feeling safe to ask questions, admit uncertainty, and respectfully disagree with their attendings. As one attending reflected, “If I can get them into a place where they feel like the learning environment is someplace where they can make a mistake and know that that mistake does not necessarily mean that it’s going to cost them in their evaluation part, then I feel like that’s why it’s important.”
To build rapport and create a safe learning environment, attendings used a number of strategies to position themselves as learners alongside their team members. For instance, attendings indicated that they wanted their ideas questioned because they saw it as an opportunity to learn. Moreover, in conversations with learners, attendings demonstrated humility, admitting when they did not know something. One former learner noted, “There have been times when he has asked [a] question…nobody knows and then he admits that he doesn’t know either. So everybody goes and looks it up…The whole thing turns out to be a fun learning experience.”
Attendings demonstrated respect for their team members’ time by reading about patients before rounds, identifying learning opportunities during rounds, and integrating teaching points into the daily work of patient care. Teaching was not relegated exclusively to the conference room or confined to the traditional “chalk talk” before or after rounds but rather was assimilated into daily workflow. They appeared to be responsive to the needs of individual patients and the team, which allowed attendings to both directly oversee their patients’ care and overcome the challenges of multiple competing demands for time. The importance of this approach was made clear by one current learner who stated “…she does prepare before, especially you know on call days, she does prepare for the new patients before coming in to staff, which is really appreciated… it saves a lot of time on rounds.”
Attendings also included other health professionals in team discussions. Attendings used many of the same relationship-building techniques with these professionals as they did with learners and patients. They consistently asked these professionals to provide insight and direction in patients’ plans of care. A former learner commented, “He always asks the [nurse] what is her impression of the patient...he truly values the [nurse’s] opinion of the patient.” One attending reiterated this approach, stating “I don’t want them to think that anything I have to say is more valuable than our pharmacist or the [nurse].”
Patient-Centered Teaching
Attending physicians modeled numerous teaching techniques that focused learning around the patient. Attendings knew their patients well through review of the medical records, discussion with the patient, and personal examination. This preparation allowed attendings to focus on key teaching points in the context of the patient. One former learner noted, “He tended to bring up a variety of things that really fit well into the clinical scenario. So whether that is talking about what is the differential for a new symptom that just came up for this patient or kind of here is a new paper talking about this condition or maybe some other pearl of physical exam for a patient that has a certain physical condition.”
Attendings served as effective role models by being directly involved in examining and talking with patients as well as demonstrating excellent physical examination and communication techniques. One current learner articulated the importance of learning these skills by observing them done well: “I think he teaches by example and by doing, again, those little things: being attentive to the patients and being very careful during exams…I think those are things that you teach people by doing them, not by saying you need to do this better during the patient encounter.”
Collaboration and Coaching
Attending physicians used varied collaboration and coaching techniques to facilitate learning across the entire care team. During rounds, attendings utilized visual aids to reinforce key concepts and simplify complex topics. They also collaborated by using discussion rather than lecture to engage with team members. For instance, attendings used Socratic questioning, asking questions that lead learners through critical thinking and allow them to solve problems themselves, to guide learners’ decision-making. One former learner reported, “He never gives you the answer, and he always asks your opinion; ‘So what are your thoughts on this?’”
Coaching for success, rather than directing the various team members, was emphasized. Attendings did not wish to be seen as the “leaders” of the team. During rounds, one attending was noted to explain his role in ensuring that the team was building connections with others: “When we have a bad outcome, if it feels like your soul has been ripped out, then you’ve done something right. You’ve made that connection with the patient. My job, as your coach, was to build communication between all of us so we feel vested in each other and our patients.”
Attendings also fostered clinical reasoning skills in their learners by encouraging them to verbalize their thought processes aloud in order to clarify and check for understanding. Attendings also placed emphasis not simply on memorizing content but rather prioritization of the patient’s problems and thinking step by step through individual medical problems. One current learner applauded an attending who could “come up with schematics of how to approach problems rather than feeding us factual information of this paper or this trial.”
Additionally, attendings facilitated learning across the entire care team by differentiating their teaching to meet the needs of multiple learning levels. While the entire team was explicitly included in the learning process, attendings encouraged learners to play various roles, execute tasks, and answer questions depending on their educational level. Attendings positioned learners as leaders of the team by allowing them to talk without interruption and by encouraging them to take ownership of their patients’ care. One former learner stated, “She set expectations…we would be the ones who would be running the team, that you know it would very much be our team and that she is there to advise us and provide supervision but also safety for the patients as well.”
CONCLUSION
This study reveals the complex ways effective attendings build rapport, create a safe learning environment, utilize patient-centered teaching strategies, and engage in collaboration and coaching with all members of the team. These findings provide a framework of shared themes and their salient behaviors that may influence the success of inpatient general medicine clinician educators (Table 3).
There is a broad and voluminous literature on the subject of outstanding clinical teaching characteristics, much of which has shaped various faculty development curricula for decades. This study sought not to identify novel approaches of inpatient teaching necessarily but rather to closely examine the techniques and behaviors of clinician educators identified as exemplary. The findings affirm and reinforce the numerous, well-documented lists of personal attributes, techniques, and behaviors that resonate with learners, including creating a positive environment, demonstrating enthusiasm and interest in the learner, reading facial expressions, being student-centered, maintaining a high level of clinical knowledge, and utilizing effective communication skills.18-24 The strengths of this study lie within the nuanced and rich observations and discussions that move beyond learners’ Likert scale evaluations and responses.3-7,12 Input was sought from multiple perspectives on the care team, which provided detail from key stakeholders. Out of these comprehensive data arose several conclusions that extend the research literature on medical education.
In their seminal review, Sutkin et al.18 demonstrate that two thirds of characteristics of outstanding clinical teachers are “noncognitive” and that, “Perhaps what makes a clinical educator truly great depends less on the acquisition of cognitive skills such as medical knowledge and formulating learning objectives, and more on inherent, relationship-based, noncognitive attributes. Whereas cognitive abilities generally involve skills that may be taught and learned, albeit with difficulty, noncognitive abilities represent personal attributes, such as relationship skills, personality types, and emotional states, which are more difficult to develop and teach.”18 Our study, thus, adds to the literature by (1) highlighting examples of techniques and behaviors that encompass the crucial “noncognitive” arena and (2) informing best practices in teaching clinical medicine, especially those that resonate with learners, for future faculty development.
The findings highlight the role that relationships play in the teaching and learning of team-based medicine. Building rapport and sustaining successful relationships are cornerstones of effective teaching.18 For the attendings in this study, this manifested in observable, tangible behaviors such as greeting others by name, joking, using physical touch, and actively involving all team members, regardless of role or level of education. Previous literature has highlighted the importance of showing interest in learners.7,19,25-27 This study provides multiple and varied examples of ways in which interest might be displayed.
For patients, the critical role of relationships was evidenced through rapport building and attention to patients as people outside their acute hospitalization. For instance, attendings regularly put patients’ medical issues into context and anticipated future outpatient challenges. To the authors’ knowledge, previous scholarship has not significantly emphasized this form of contextualized medicine, which involves the mindful consideration of the ongoing needs patients may experience upon transitions of care.
Several participants highlighted humility as an important characteristic of effective clinician educators. Attendings recognized that the field produces more new knowledge than can possibly be assimilated and that uncertainty is a mainstay of modern medical care. Attendings frequently utilized self-deprecation to acknowledge doubt, a technique that created a collaborative environment in which learners also felt safe to ask questions. These findings support the viewpoints by Reilly and Beckman that humility and an appreciation for questions and push-back from learners encourage lifelong learning through role modeling.19,23 In responding to the interviewer’s question “And what happens when [the attending] is wrong?” one learner simply stated, “He makes fun of himself.”
This study has several limitations. First, it was conducted in a limited number of US based healthcare systems. The majority of institutions represented were larger, research intensive hospitals. While these hospitals were purposefully selected to provide a range in geography, size, type, and access to resources, the findings may differ in other settings. Second, it was conducted with a limited number of attendings and learners, which may limit the study’s generalizability. However, enough interviews were conducted to reach data saturation.15 Because evidence for a causal relationship between quality teaching and student and patient outcomes is lacking,18 we must rely on imperfect proxies for teaching excellence, including awards and recognition. This study attempted to identify exemplary educators through various means, but it is recognized that bias is likely. Third, because attendings provided lists of former learners, selection and recall biases may have been introduced, as attendings may have more readily identified former learners with whom they formed strong relationships. Fourth, focus was placed exclusively on teaching and learning within general medicine rounds. This was because there would be ample opportunity for teaching on this service, the structure of the teams and the types of patients would be comparable across sites, and the principal investigator was also a general medicine attending and would have a frame of reference for these types of rounds. Due to this narrow focus, the findings may not be generalizable to other subspecialties. Fifth, attendings were selected through a nonexhaustive method. However, the multisite design, the modified snowball sampling, and the inclusion of several types of institutions in the final participant pool introduced diversity to the final list. Finally, although we cannot discount the potential role of a Hawthorne effect on our data collection, the research team did attempt to mitigate this by standing apart from the care teams and remaining unobtrusive during observations.
Using a combination of interviews, focus group discussions, and direct observation, we identified consistent techniques and behaviors of excellent teaching attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. We hope that all levels of clinician educators may use them to elevate their own teaching.
Disclosure
Dr. Saint is on a medical advisory board of Doximity, a new social networking site for physicians, and receives an honorarium. He is also on the scientific advisory board of Jvion, a healthcare technology company. Drs. Houchens, Harrod, Moody, and Ms. Fowler have no conflicts of interest.
Clinician educators face numerous obstacles to their joint mission of facilitating learning while also ensuring high-quality and patient-centered care. Time constraints, including the institution of house officer duty hour limitations,1 shorter lengths of stay for hospitalized patients,2 and competing career responsibilities, combine to create a dynamic learning environment. Additionally, clinician educators must balance the autonomy of their learners with the safety of their patients. They must teach to multiple learning levels and work collaboratively with multiple disciplines to foster an effective team-based approach to patient care. Yet, many clinician educators have no formal training in pedagogical methods.3 Such challenges necessitate increased attention to the work of excellent clinician educators and their respective teaching approaches.
Many studies of clinical teaching rely primarily on survey data of attributes of good clinical teachers.3-7 While some studies have incorporated direct observations of teaching8,9 or interviews with clinician educators or learners,10,11 few have incorporated multiple perspectives from the current team and from former learners in order to provide a comprehensive picture of team-based learning.12
The goal of this study was to gain a thorough understanding, through multiple perspectives, of the techniques and behaviors used by exemplary educators within actual clinical environments. We studied attitudes, behaviors, and approaches of 12 such inpatient clinician educators.
METHODS
Study Design and Sampling
This was a multisite study using an exploratory qualitative approach to inquiry. This approach was used to study the techniques and behaviors of excellent attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. A modified snowball sampling approach13 was used, meaning individuals known to one member of the research team (SS) were initially contacted and asked to identify clinician educators (also referred to as attendings) for potential inclusion in the study. In an effort to identify attendings from a broad range of medical schools, the “2015 U.S. News and World Report Top Medical Schools: Research” rankings14 were also reviewed, with priority given to the top 25, as these are widely used to represent the best US hospitals. In an attempt to invite attendings from diverse institutions, additional medical schools not in the top 25 as well as historically black medical schools were also included. Division chiefs and chairs of internal medicine and/or directors of internal medicine residency programs at these schools were contacted and asked for recommendations of attendings, both within and outside their institutions, who they considered to be great inpatient teachers. In addition, key experts who have won teaching awards or were known to be specialists in the field of medical education were asked to nominate one or two other outstanding attendings.
By using this sampling method, 59 potential participants were identified. An internet search was conducted to obtain information about the potential participants and their institutions. Organizational characteristics such as geographic location, hospital size and affiliation, and patient population, as well as individual characteristics such as gender, medical education and training, and educational awards received were considered so that a diversity of organizations and backgrounds was represented. The list was narrowed down to 16 attendings who were contacted via e-mail and asked to participate. Interested participants were asked for a list of their current team members and 6 to 10 former learners to contact for interviews and focus groups. Former learners were included in an effort to better understand lasting effects on learners from their exemplary teaching attendings. A total of 12 attending physicians agreed to participate (Table 1). Literature on field methods has shown that 12 interviews are found to be adequate in accomplishing data saturation.15 Although 2 attendings were located at the same institution, we decided to include them given that both are recognized as master clinician educators and were each recommended by several individuals from various institutions. Hospitals were located throughout the US and included both university-affiliated hospitals and Veterans Affairs medical centers. Despite efforts to include physicians from historically black colleges and universities, only one attending was identified, and they declined the request to participate.
Data Collection
Observations. The one-day site visits were mainly conducted by two research team members, a physician (SS) and a medical anthropologist (MH), both of whom have extensive experience in qualitative methods. Teams were not uniform but were generally comprised of 1 attending, 1 senior medical resident, 1 to 2 interns, and approximately 2 medical students. Occasionally, a pharmacist, clinical assistant, or other health professional accompanied the team on rounds. Not infrequently, the bedside nurse would explicitly be included in the discussion regarding his or her specific patient. Each site visit began with observing attendings (N = 12) and current learners (N = 57) during rounds. Each research team member recorded their own observations via handwritten field notes, paying particular attention to group interactions, teaching approach, conversations occurring within and peripheral to the team, patient-team interactions, and the physical environment. By standing outside of the medical team circle and remaining silent during rounds, research team members remained unobtrusive to the discussion and process of rounds. Materials the attendings used during their teaching rounds were also documented and collected. Rounds generally lasted 2 to 3 hours. After each site visit, the research team met to compare and combine field notes.
Interviews and Focus Groups. The research team then conducted individual, semi-structured interviews with the attendings, focus groups with their current team (N = 46), and interviews or focus groups with their former learners (N = 26; Supplement 1). Eleven of the current team members observed during rounds were unable to participate in the focus groups due to clinical duties. Because the current learners who participated in the focus groups were also observed during rounds, the research team was able to ask them open-ended questions regarding teaching rounds and their roles as learners within this environment. Former learners who were still at the hospital participated in separate focus groups or interviews. Former learners who were no longer present at the hospital were contacted by telephone and individually interviewed by one research team member (MH). All interviews and focus groups were audio-recorded and transcribed.
This study was determined to be exempt by the University of Michigan Institutional Review Board. All participants were informed that their participation was completely voluntary and that they could terminate their involvement at any time.
Data Analysis
Data were analyzed using a thematic analysis approach.16 Thematic analysis entails reading through the data to identify patterns (and create codes) that relate to behaviors, experiences, meanings, and activities. Once patterns have been identified, they are grouped according to similarity into themes, which help to further explain the findings.17
After the first site visit was completed, the research team members that participated (SS and MH) met to develop initial ideas about meanings and possible patterns. All transcripts were read by one team member (MH) and, based on review of the data, codes were developed, defined, and documented in a codebook. This process was repeated after every site visit using the codebook to expand or combine codes and refine definitions as necessary. If a new code was added, the previously coded data were reviewed to apply the new code. NVivo® 10 software (QSR International; Melbourne, Australia) was used to manage the data.
Once all field notes and transcripts were coded (MH), the code reports, which list all data described within a specific code, were run to ensure consistency and identify relationships between codes. Once coding was verified, codes were grouped based on similarities and relationships into salient themes by 3 members of the research team (NH, MH, and SM). Themes, along with their supporting codes, were then further defined to understand how these attendings worked to facilitate excellent teaching in clinical settings.
RESULTS
The coded interview data and field notes were categorized into broad, overlapping themes. Three of these major themes include (1) fostering positive relationships, (2) patient-centered teaching, and (3) collaboration and coaching. Table 2 lists each theme, salient behaviors, examples, and selected quotes that further elucidate its meaning.
Fostering Positive Relationships
Attending physicians took observable steps to develop positive relationships with their team members, which in turn created a safe learning environment. For instance, attendings used learners’ first names, demonstrated interest in their well-being, deployed humor, and generally displayed informal actions—uncrossed arms, “fist bump” when recognizing learners’ success, standing outside the circle of team members and leaning in to listen—during learner interactions. Attendings also made it a priority to get to know individuals on a personal level. As one current learner put it, “He asks about where we are from. He will try to find some kind of connection that he can establish with not only each of the team members but also with each of the patients.”
Additionally, attendings built positive relationships with their learners by responding thoughtfully to their input, even when learners’ evaluations of patients required modification. In turn, learners reported feeling safe to ask questions, admit uncertainty, and respectfully disagree with their attendings. As one attending reflected, “If I can get them into a place where they feel like the learning environment is someplace where they can make a mistake and know that that mistake does not necessarily mean that it’s going to cost them in their evaluation part, then I feel like that’s why it’s important.”
To build rapport and create a safe learning environment, attendings used a number of strategies to position themselves as learners alongside their team members. For instance, attendings indicated that they wanted their ideas questioned because they saw it as an opportunity to learn. Moreover, in conversations with learners, attendings demonstrated humility, admitting when they did not know something. One former learner noted, “There have been times when he has asked [a] question…nobody knows and then he admits that he doesn’t know either. So everybody goes and looks it up…The whole thing turns out to be a fun learning experience.”
Attendings demonstrated respect for their team members’ time by reading about patients before rounds, identifying learning opportunities during rounds, and integrating teaching points into the daily work of patient care. Teaching was not relegated exclusively to the conference room or confined to the traditional “chalk talk” before or after rounds but rather was assimilated into daily workflow. They appeared to be responsive to the needs of individual patients and the team, which allowed attendings to both directly oversee their patients’ care and overcome the challenges of multiple competing demands for time. The importance of this approach was made clear by one current learner who stated “…she does prepare before, especially you know on call days, she does prepare for the new patients before coming in to staff, which is really appreciated… it saves a lot of time on rounds.”
Attendings also included other health professionals in team discussions. Attendings used many of the same relationship-building techniques with these professionals as they did with learners and patients. They consistently asked these professionals to provide insight and direction in patients’ plans of care. A former learner commented, “He always asks the [nurse] what is her impression of the patient...he truly values the [nurse’s] opinion of the patient.” One attending reiterated this approach, stating “I don’t want them to think that anything I have to say is more valuable than our pharmacist or the [nurse].”
Patient-Centered Teaching
Attending physicians modeled numerous teaching techniques that focused learning around the patient. Attendings knew their patients well through review of the medical records, discussion with the patient, and personal examination. This preparation allowed attendings to focus on key teaching points in the context of the patient. One former learner noted, “He tended to bring up a variety of things that really fit well into the clinical scenario. So whether that is talking about what is the differential for a new symptom that just came up for this patient or kind of here is a new paper talking about this condition or maybe some other pearl of physical exam for a patient that has a certain physical condition.”
Attendings served as effective role models by being directly involved in examining and talking with patients as well as demonstrating excellent physical examination and communication techniques. One current learner articulated the importance of learning these skills by observing them done well: “I think he teaches by example and by doing, again, those little things: being attentive to the patients and being very careful during exams…I think those are things that you teach people by doing them, not by saying you need to do this better during the patient encounter.”
Collaboration and Coaching
Attending physicians used varied collaboration and coaching techniques to facilitate learning across the entire care team. During rounds, attendings utilized visual aids to reinforce key concepts and simplify complex topics. They also collaborated by using discussion rather than lecture to engage with team members. For instance, attendings used Socratic questioning, asking questions that lead learners through critical thinking and allow them to solve problems themselves, to guide learners’ decision-making. One former learner reported, “He never gives you the answer, and he always asks your opinion; ‘So what are your thoughts on this?’”
Coaching for success, rather than directing the various team members, was emphasized. Attendings did not wish to be seen as the “leaders” of the team. During rounds, one attending was noted to explain his role in ensuring that the team was building connections with others: “When we have a bad outcome, if it feels like your soul has been ripped out, then you’ve done something right. You’ve made that connection with the patient. My job, as your coach, was to build communication between all of us so we feel vested in each other and our patients.”
Attendings also fostered clinical reasoning skills in their learners by encouraging them to verbalize their thought processes aloud in order to clarify and check for understanding. Attendings also placed emphasis not simply on memorizing content but rather prioritization of the patient’s problems and thinking step by step through individual medical problems. One current learner applauded an attending who could “come up with schematics of how to approach problems rather than feeding us factual information of this paper or this trial.”
Additionally, attendings facilitated learning across the entire care team by differentiating their teaching to meet the needs of multiple learning levels. While the entire team was explicitly included in the learning process, attendings encouraged learners to play various roles, execute tasks, and answer questions depending on their educational level. Attendings positioned learners as leaders of the team by allowing them to talk without interruption and by encouraging them to take ownership of their patients’ care. One former learner stated, “She set expectations…we would be the ones who would be running the team, that you know it would very much be our team and that she is there to advise us and provide supervision but also safety for the patients as well.”
CONCLUSION
This study reveals the complex ways effective attendings build rapport, create a safe learning environment, utilize patient-centered teaching strategies, and engage in collaboration and coaching with all members of the team. These findings provide a framework of shared themes and their salient behaviors that may influence the success of inpatient general medicine clinician educators (Table 3).
There is a broad and voluminous literature on the subject of outstanding clinical teaching characteristics, much of which has shaped various faculty development curricula for decades. This study sought not to identify novel approaches of inpatient teaching necessarily but rather to closely examine the techniques and behaviors of clinician educators identified as exemplary. The findings affirm and reinforce the numerous, well-documented lists of personal attributes, techniques, and behaviors that resonate with learners, including creating a positive environment, demonstrating enthusiasm and interest in the learner, reading facial expressions, being student-centered, maintaining a high level of clinical knowledge, and utilizing effective communication skills.18-24 The strengths of this study lie within the nuanced and rich observations and discussions that move beyond learners’ Likert scale evaluations and responses.3-7,12 Input was sought from multiple perspectives on the care team, which provided detail from key stakeholders. Out of these comprehensive data arose several conclusions that extend the research literature on medical education.
In their seminal review, Sutkin et al.18 demonstrate that two thirds of characteristics of outstanding clinical teachers are “noncognitive” and that, “Perhaps what makes a clinical educator truly great depends less on the acquisition of cognitive skills such as medical knowledge and formulating learning objectives, and more on inherent, relationship-based, noncognitive attributes. Whereas cognitive abilities generally involve skills that may be taught and learned, albeit with difficulty, noncognitive abilities represent personal attributes, such as relationship skills, personality types, and emotional states, which are more difficult to develop and teach.”18 Our study, thus, adds to the literature by (1) highlighting examples of techniques and behaviors that encompass the crucial “noncognitive” arena and (2) informing best practices in teaching clinical medicine, especially those that resonate with learners, for future faculty development.
The findings highlight the role that relationships play in the teaching and learning of team-based medicine. Building rapport and sustaining successful relationships are cornerstones of effective teaching.18 For the attendings in this study, this manifested in observable, tangible behaviors such as greeting others by name, joking, using physical touch, and actively involving all team members, regardless of role or level of education. Previous literature has highlighted the importance of showing interest in learners.7,19,25-27 This study provides multiple and varied examples of ways in which interest might be displayed.
For patients, the critical role of relationships was evidenced through rapport building and attention to patients as people outside their acute hospitalization. For instance, attendings regularly put patients’ medical issues into context and anticipated future outpatient challenges. To the authors’ knowledge, previous scholarship has not significantly emphasized this form of contextualized medicine, which involves the mindful consideration of the ongoing needs patients may experience upon transitions of care.
Several participants highlighted humility as an important characteristic of effective clinician educators. Attendings recognized that the field produces more new knowledge than can possibly be assimilated and that uncertainty is a mainstay of modern medical care. Attendings frequently utilized self-deprecation to acknowledge doubt, a technique that created a collaborative environment in which learners also felt safe to ask questions. These findings support the viewpoints by Reilly and Beckman that humility and an appreciation for questions and push-back from learners encourage lifelong learning through role modeling.19,23 In responding to the interviewer’s question “And what happens when [the attending] is wrong?” one learner simply stated, “He makes fun of himself.”
This study has several limitations. First, it was conducted in a limited number of US based healthcare systems. The majority of institutions represented were larger, research intensive hospitals. While these hospitals were purposefully selected to provide a range in geography, size, type, and access to resources, the findings may differ in other settings. Second, it was conducted with a limited number of attendings and learners, which may limit the study’s generalizability. However, enough interviews were conducted to reach data saturation.15 Because evidence for a causal relationship between quality teaching and student and patient outcomes is lacking,18 we must rely on imperfect proxies for teaching excellence, including awards and recognition. This study attempted to identify exemplary educators through various means, but it is recognized that bias is likely. Third, because attendings provided lists of former learners, selection and recall biases may have been introduced, as attendings may have more readily identified former learners with whom they formed strong relationships. Fourth, focus was placed exclusively on teaching and learning within general medicine rounds. This was because there would be ample opportunity for teaching on this service, the structure of the teams and the types of patients would be comparable across sites, and the principal investigator was also a general medicine attending and would have a frame of reference for these types of rounds. Due to this narrow focus, the findings may not be generalizable to other subspecialties. Fifth, attendings were selected through a nonexhaustive method. However, the multisite design, the modified snowball sampling, and the inclusion of several types of institutions in the final participant pool introduced diversity to the final list. Finally, although we cannot discount the potential role of a Hawthorne effect on our data collection, the research team did attempt to mitigate this by standing apart from the care teams and remaining unobtrusive during observations.
Using a combination of interviews, focus group discussions, and direct observation, we identified consistent techniques and behaviors of excellent teaching attendings during inpatient general medicine rounds. We hope that all levels of clinician educators may use them to elevate their own teaching.
Disclosure
Dr. Saint is on a medical advisory board of Doximity, a new social networking site for physicians, and receives an honorarium. He is also on the scientific advisory board of Jvion, a healthcare technology company. Drs. Houchens, Harrod, Moody, and Ms. Fowler have no conflicts of interest.
1. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common program requirements. 2011. http://www.acgme.org/Portals/0/PDFs/Common_Program_Requirements_07012011[2].pdf. Accessed September 16, 2016.
2. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project. Overview statistics for inpatient hospital stays. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital-Based Care in the United States, 2009. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011.
3. Busari JO, W eggelaar NM, Knottnerus AC, Greidanus PM, Scherpbier AJ. How medical residents perceive the quality of supervision provided by attending doctors in the clinical setting. Med Educ. 2005;39(7):696-703. PubMed
4. Smith CA, Varkey AB, Evans AT, Reilly BM. Evaluating the performance of inpatient attending physicians: a new instrument for today’s teaching hospitals. J Gen Intern Med. 2004;19(7):766-771. PubMed
5. Elnicki DM, Cooper A. Medical students’ perceptions of the elements of effective inpatient teaching by attending physicians and housestaff. J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(7):635-639. PubMed
6. Buchel TL, Edwards FD. Characteristics of effective clinical teachers. Fam Med. 2005;37(1):30-35. PubMed
7. Guarino CM, Ko CY, Baker LC, Klein DJ, Quiter ES, Escarce JJ. Impact of instructional practices on student satisfaction with attendings’ teaching in the inpatient component of internal medicine clerkships. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(1):7-12. PubMed
8. Irby DM. How attending physicians make instructional decisions when conducting teaching rounds. Acad Med. 1992;67(10):630-638. PubMed
9. Beckman TJ. Lessons learned from a peer review of bedside teaching. Acad Med. 2004;79(4):343-346. PubMed
10. Wright SM, Carrese JA. Excellence in role modelling: insight and perspectives from the pros. CMAJ. 2002;167(6):638-643. PubMed
11. Castiglioni A, Shewchuk RM, Willett LL, Heudebert GR, Centor RM. A pilot study using nominal group technique to assess residents’ perceptions of successful attending rounds. J Gen Intern Med. 2008;23(7):1060-1065. PubMed
12. Bergman K, Gaitskill T. Faculty and student perceptions of effective clinical teachers: an extension study. J Prof Nurs. 1990;6(1):33-44. PubMed
13. Richards L, Morse J. README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative Methods. 3rd ed. Los Angeles, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.; 2013.
14. U.S. News and World Report. Best Medical Schools: Research. 2014. http://grad-schools.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-graduate-schools/top-medical-schools/research-rankings. Accessed September 16, 2016.
15. Guest G, Bunce A, Johnson L. How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field Methods. 2006;18(1):59-82.
16. Braun V, Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual Res Psychol. 2006;3(2):77-101.
17. Aronson J. A pragmatic view of thematic analysis. Qual Rep. 1995;2(1):1-3.
18. Sutkin G, Wagner E, Harris I, Schiffer R. What makes a good clinical teacher in medicine? A review of the literature. Acad Med. 2008;83(5):452-466. PubMed
19. Beckman TJ, Lee MC. Proposal for a collaborative approach to clinical teaching. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(4):339-344. PubMed
20. Ramani S. Twelve tips to improve bedside teaching. Med Teach. 2003;25(2):112-115. PubMed
21. Irby DM. What clinical teachers in medicine need to know. Acad Med. 1994;69(5):333-342. PubMed
22. Wiese J, ed. Teaching in the Hospital. Philadelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.
23. Reilly BM. Inconvenient truths about effective clinical teaching. Lancet. 2007;370(9588):705-711. PubMed
24. Branch WT Jr, Kern D, Haidet P, et al. The patient-physician relationship. Teaching the human dimensions of care in clinical settings. JAMA. 2001;286(9):1067-1074. PubMed
25. McLeod PJ, Harden RM. Clinical teaching strategies for physicians. Med Teach. 1985;7(2):173-189. PubMed
26. Pinsky LE, Monson D, Irby DM. How excellent teachers are made: reflecting on success to improve teaching. Adv Health Sci Educ Theory Pract. 1998;3(3):207-215. PubMed
27. Ullian JA, Bland CJ, Simpson DE. An alternative approach to defining the role of the clinical teacher. Acad Med. 1994;69(10):832-838. PubMed
1. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common program requirements. 2011. http://www.acgme.org/Portals/0/PDFs/Common_Program_Requirements_07012011[2].pdf. Accessed September 16, 2016.
2. Healthcare Cost and Utilization Project. Overview statistics for inpatient hospital stays. HCUP Facts and Figures: Statistics on Hospital-Based Care in the United States, 2009. Rockville, MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011.
3. Busari JO, W eggelaar NM, Knottnerus AC, Greidanus PM, Scherpbier AJ. How medical residents perceive the quality of supervision provided by attending doctors in the clinical setting. Med Educ. 2005;39(7):696-703. PubMed
4. Smith CA, Varkey AB, Evans AT, Reilly BM. Evaluating the performance of inpatient attending physicians: a new instrument for today’s teaching hospitals. J Gen Intern Med. 2004;19(7):766-771. PubMed
5. Elnicki DM, Cooper A. Medical students’ perceptions of the elements of effective inpatient teaching by attending physicians and housestaff. J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(7):635-639. PubMed
6. Buchel TL, Edwards FD. Characteristics of effective clinical teachers. Fam Med. 2005;37(1):30-35. PubMed
7. Guarino CM, Ko CY, Baker LC, Klein DJ, Quiter ES, Escarce JJ. Impact of instructional practices on student satisfaction with attendings’ teaching in the inpatient component of internal medicine clerkships. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(1):7-12. PubMed
8. Irby DM. How attending physicians make instructional decisions when conducting teaching rounds. Acad Med. 1992;67(10):630-638. PubMed
9. Beckman TJ. Lessons learned from a peer review of bedside teaching. Acad Med. 2004;79(4):343-346. PubMed
10. Wright SM, Carrese JA. Excellence in role modelling: insight and perspectives from the pros. CMAJ. 2002;167(6):638-643. PubMed
11. Castiglioni A, Shewchuk RM, Willett LL, Heudebert GR, Centor RM. A pilot study using nominal group technique to assess residents’ perceptions of successful attending rounds. J Gen Intern Med. 2008;23(7):1060-1065. PubMed
12. Bergman K, Gaitskill T. Faculty and student perceptions of effective clinical teachers: an extension study. J Prof Nurs. 1990;6(1):33-44. PubMed
13. Richards L, Morse J. README FIRST for a User’s Guide to Qualitative Methods. 3rd ed. Los Angeles, CA: SAGE Publications, Inc.; 2013.
14. U.S. News and World Report. Best Medical Schools: Research. 2014. http://grad-schools.usnews.rankingsandreviews.com/best-graduate-schools/top-medical-schools/research-rankings. Accessed September 16, 2016.
15. Guest G, Bunce A, Johnson L. How many interviews are enough? An experiment with data saturation and variability. Field Methods. 2006;18(1):59-82.
16. Braun V, Clarke V. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qual Res Psychol. 2006;3(2):77-101.
17. Aronson J. A pragmatic view of thematic analysis. Qual Rep. 1995;2(1):1-3.
18. Sutkin G, Wagner E, Harris I, Schiffer R. What makes a good clinical teacher in medicine? A review of the literature. Acad Med. 2008;83(5):452-466. PubMed
19. Beckman TJ, Lee MC. Proposal for a collaborative approach to clinical teaching. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(4):339-344. PubMed
20. Ramani S. Twelve tips to improve bedside teaching. Med Teach. 2003;25(2):112-115. PubMed
21. Irby DM. What clinical teachers in medicine need to know. Acad Med. 1994;69(5):333-342. PubMed
22. Wiese J, ed. Teaching in the Hospital. Philadelphia, PA: American College of Physicians; 2010.
23. Reilly BM. Inconvenient truths about effective clinical teaching. Lancet. 2007;370(9588):705-711. PubMed
24. Branch WT Jr, Kern D, Haidet P, et al. The patient-physician relationship. Teaching the human dimensions of care in clinical settings. JAMA. 2001;286(9):1067-1074. PubMed
25. McLeod PJ, Harden RM. Clinical teaching strategies for physicians. Med Teach. 1985;7(2):173-189. PubMed
26. Pinsky LE, Monson D, Irby DM. How excellent teachers are made: reflecting on success to improve teaching. Adv Health Sci Educ Theory Pract. 1998;3(3):207-215. PubMed
27. Ullian JA, Bland CJ, Simpson DE. An alternative approach to defining the role of the clinical teacher. Acad Med. 1994;69(10):832-838. PubMed
© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine
Is sentinel lymph node mapping associated with acceptable performance characteristics for the detection of nodal metastases in women with endometrial cancer?
EXPERT COMMENTARY
The role of lymphadenectomy for endometrial cancer has evolved considerably over the last 30 years. While pathologic assessment of the nodes provides important information to tailor adjuvant therapy, 2 randomized trials both reported no survival benefit in women who underwent lymphadenectomy compared with hysterectomy alone.1,2 Further, these trials revealed that lymphadenectomy was associated with significant short- and long-term sequelae.
SLN biopsy, a procedure in which a small number of nodes that represent the first drainage basins of a primary tumor are removed, has been proposed as an alternative to traditional lymphadenectomy. Although SLN biopsy is commonly used for other solid tumors, few large, multicenter studies have been conducted to evaluate the technique’s safety in endometrial cancer.
Related article:
2016 Update on cancer
Details of the study
The Fluorescence Imaging for Robotic Endometrial Sentinel lymph node biopsy (FIRES) trial was a prospective trial evaluating the performance characteristics of SLN biopsy in women with clinical stage 1 endometrial cancer at 10 sites in the United States. After cervical injection of indocyanine green, patients underwent robot-assisted hysterectomy with SLN biopsy followed by pelvic lymphadenectomy. Para-aortic lymphadenectomy was performed at the discretion of the attending surgeon. The study’s primary end point was sensitivity of SLN biopsy for detecting metastatic disease in women who had mapping.
Over approximately 3 years, 385 patients were enrolled. Overall, 86% of patients had mapping of at least 1 SLN and 52% had bilateral mapping. Positive nodes were found in 12% of the study population. Among women who had SLNs identified, 35 of 36 nodal metastases were identified (97% sensitivity). Negative SLNs correctly predicted the absence of metastases (negative predictive value) in 99.6% of patients.
Overall, the procedure was well tolerated. Adverse events were noted in 9% of patients, and approximately two-thirds were considered serious adverse events. The most common adverse events were neurologic complications, respiratory distress, nausea and vomiting, and bowel injury in 3 patients. One ureteral injury occurred during SLN biopsy.
Related article:
Does laparoscopic versus open abdominal surgery for stage I endometrial cancer affect oncologic outcomes?
Study strengths and weaknesses
The FIRES study provides strong evidence for the effectiveness of SLN biopsy in women with apparent early stage endometrial cancer. The procedure not only was highly accurate in identifying nodal disease but it also had acceptable adverse events. Further, many of the benefits of SLN biopsy, such as a reduction in lymphedema, will require long-term follow-up.
Consider study results in context. As oncologists consider the role of SLN biopsy in practice, this work should be interpreted in the context of the study design. The study was performed by only 18 surgeons at 10 centers. Prior to study initiation, each site and surgeon underwent formal training and observation to ensure that the technique for SLN biopsy was adequate. Clearly, there will be a learning curve for SLN biopsy, and this study’s results may not immediately be generalizable.
Despite rigorous quality control procedures, there was no nodal mapping in 48% of the hemi-pelvises. In practice, these patients require lymph node dissection. The authors estimated that 50% of patients would still require lymphadenectomy (40% unilateral, 10% bilateral) if SLN mapping was used in routine practice. In addition, while the FIRES trial included women with high-risk histologies, the majority of patients had low-risk, endometrioid tumors. Further study will help to define performance of SLN biopsy in populations at higher risk for nodal metastases.
--Jason D. Wright, MD
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
- Benedetti Panici P, Basile S, Maneschi F, et al. Systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy vs no lymphadenectomy in early-stage endometrial carcinoma: randomized clinical trial. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2008;100(23):1707–1716.
- ASTEC Study Group, Kitchener H, Swart AM, Qian Q, Amos C, Parmar MK. Efficacy of systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy in endometrial cancer (MRC ASTEC trial): a randomised study. Lancet. 2009;373(9658):125–136.
EXPERT COMMENTARY
The role of lymphadenectomy for endometrial cancer has evolved considerably over the last 30 years. While pathologic assessment of the nodes provides important information to tailor adjuvant therapy, 2 randomized trials both reported no survival benefit in women who underwent lymphadenectomy compared with hysterectomy alone.1,2 Further, these trials revealed that lymphadenectomy was associated with significant short- and long-term sequelae.
SLN biopsy, a procedure in which a small number of nodes that represent the first drainage basins of a primary tumor are removed, has been proposed as an alternative to traditional lymphadenectomy. Although SLN biopsy is commonly used for other solid tumors, few large, multicenter studies have been conducted to evaluate the technique’s safety in endometrial cancer.
Related article:
2016 Update on cancer
Details of the study
The Fluorescence Imaging for Robotic Endometrial Sentinel lymph node biopsy (FIRES) trial was a prospective trial evaluating the performance characteristics of SLN biopsy in women with clinical stage 1 endometrial cancer at 10 sites in the United States. After cervical injection of indocyanine green, patients underwent robot-assisted hysterectomy with SLN biopsy followed by pelvic lymphadenectomy. Para-aortic lymphadenectomy was performed at the discretion of the attending surgeon. The study’s primary end point was sensitivity of SLN biopsy for detecting metastatic disease in women who had mapping.
Over approximately 3 years, 385 patients were enrolled. Overall, 86% of patients had mapping of at least 1 SLN and 52% had bilateral mapping. Positive nodes were found in 12% of the study population. Among women who had SLNs identified, 35 of 36 nodal metastases were identified (97% sensitivity). Negative SLNs correctly predicted the absence of metastases (negative predictive value) in 99.6% of patients.
Overall, the procedure was well tolerated. Adverse events were noted in 9% of patients, and approximately two-thirds were considered serious adverse events. The most common adverse events were neurologic complications, respiratory distress, nausea and vomiting, and bowel injury in 3 patients. One ureteral injury occurred during SLN biopsy.
Related article:
Does laparoscopic versus open abdominal surgery for stage I endometrial cancer affect oncologic outcomes?
Study strengths and weaknesses
The FIRES study provides strong evidence for the effectiveness of SLN biopsy in women with apparent early stage endometrial cancer. The procedure not only was highly accurate in identifying nodal disease but it also had acceptable adverse events. Further, many of the benefits of SLN biopsy, such as a reduction in lymphedema, will require long-term follow-up.
Consider study results in context. As oncologists consider the role of SLN biopsy in practice, this work should be interpreted in the context of the study design. The study was performed by only 18 surgeons at 10 centers. Prior to study initiation, each site and surgeon underwent formal training and observation to ensure that the technique for SLN biopsy was adequate. Clearly, there will be a learning curve for SLN biopsy, and this study’s results may not immediately be generalizable.
Despite rigorous quality control procedures, there was no nodal mapping in 48% of the hemi-pelvises. In practice, these patients require lymph node dissection. The authors estimated that 50% of patients would still require lymphadenectomy (40% unilateral, 10% bilateral) if SLN mapping was used in routine practice. In addition, while the FIRES trial included women with high-risk histologies, the majority of patients had low-risk, endometrioid tumors. Further study will help to define performance of SLN biopsy in populations at higher risk for nodal metastases.
--Jason D. Wright, MD
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
EXPERT COMMENTARY
The role of lymphadenectomy for endometrial cancer has evolved considerably over the last 30 years. While pathologic assessment of the nodes provides important information to tailor adjuvant therapy, 2 randomized trials both reported no survival benefit in women who underwent lymphadenectomy compared with hysterectomy alone.1,2 Further, these trials revealed that lymphadenectomy was associated with significant short- and long-term sequelae.
SLN biopsy, a procedure in which a small number of nodes that represent the first drainage basins of a primary tumor are removed, has been proposed as an alternative to traditional lymphadenectomy. Although SLN biopsy is commonly used for other solid tumors, few large, multicenter studies have been conducted to evaluate the technique’s safety in endometrial cancer.
Related article:
2016 Update on cancer
Details of the study
The Fluorescence Imaging for Robotic Endometrial Sentinel lymph node biopsy (FIRES) trial was a prospective trial evaluating the performance characteristics of SLN biopsy in women with clinical stage 1 endometrial cancer at 10 sites in the United States. After cervical injection of indocyanine green, patients underwent robot-assisted hysterectomy with SLN biopsy followed by pelvic lymphadenectomy. Para-aortic lymphadenectomy was performed at the discretion of the attending surgeon. The study’s primary end point was sensitivity of SLN biopsy for detecting metastatic disease in women who had mapping.
Over approximately 3 years, 385 patients were enrolled. Overall, 86% of patients had mapping of at least 1 SLN and 52% had bilateral mapping. Positive nodes were found in 12% of the study population. Among women who had SLNs identified, 35 of 36 nodal metastases were identified (97% sensitivity). Negative SLNs correctly predicted the absence of metastases (negative predictive value) in 99.6% of patients.
Overall, the procedure was well tolerated. Adverse events were noted in 9% of patients, and approximately two-thirds were considered serious adverse events. The most common adverse events were neurologic complications, respiratory distress, nausea and vomiting, and bowel injury in 3 patients. One ureteral injury occurred during SLN biopsy.
Related article:
Does laparoscopic versus open abdominal surgery for stage I endometrial cancer affect oncologic outcomes?
Study strengths and weaknesses
The FIRES study provides strong evidence for the effectiveness of SLN biopsy in women with apparent early stage endometrial cancer. The procedure not only was highly accurate in identifying nodal disease but it also had acceptable adverse events. Further, many of the benefits of SLN biopsy, such as a reduction in lymphedema, will require long-term follow-up.
Consider study results in context. As oncologists consider the role of SLN biopsy in practice, this work should be interpreted in the context of the study design. The study was performed by only 18 surgeons at 10 centers. Prior to study initiation, each site and surgeon underwent formal training and observation to ensure that the technique for SLN biopsy was adequate. Clearly, there will be a learning curve for SLN biopsy, and this study’s results may not immediately be generalizable.
Despite rigorous quality control procedures, there was no nodal mapping in 48% of the hemi-pelvises. In practice, these patients require lymph node dissection. The authors estimated that 50% of patients would still require lymphadenectomy (40% unilateral, 10% bilateral) if SLN mapping was used in routine practice. In addition, while the FIRES trial included women with high-risk histologies, the majority of patients had low-risk, endometrioid tumors. Further study will help to define performance of SLN biopsy in populations at higher risk for nodal metastases.
--Jason D. Wright, MD
Share your thoughts! Send your Letter to the Editor to [email protected]. Please include your name and the city and state in which you practice.
- Benedetti Panici P, Basile S, Maneschi F, et al. Systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy vs no lymphadenectomy in early-stage endometrial carcinoma: randomized clinical trial. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2008;100(23):1707–1716.
- ASTEC Study Group, Kitchener H, Swart AM, Qian Q, Amos C, Parmar MK. Efficacy of systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy in endometrial cancer (MRC ASTEC trial): a randomised study. Lancet. 2009;373(9658):125–136.
- Benedetti Panici P, Basile S, Maneschi F, et al. Systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy vs no lymphadenectomy in early-stage endometrial carcinoma: randomized clinical trial. J Natl Cancer Inst. 2008;100(23):1707–1716.
- ASTEC Study Group, Kitchener H, Swart AM, Qian Q, Amos C, Parmar MK. Efficacy of systematic pelvic lymphadenectomy in endometrial cancer (MRC ASTEC trial): a randomised study. Lancet. 2009;373(9658):125–136.
Optimizing diagnostic testing for venous thromboembolism
When a patient presents with suspected venous thromboembolism, ie, deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism, what diagnostic tests are needed to confirm the diagnosis? The clinical signs and symptoms of venous thromboembolism are nonspecific and often difficult to interpret. Therefore, it is essential for clinicians to use a standardized, structured approach to diagnosis that incorporates clinical findings and laboratory testing, as well as judicious use of diagnostic imaging. But while information is important, clinicians must also strive to avoid unnecessary testing, not only to decrease costs, but also to avoid potential harm.
If the diagnosis is confirmed, does the patient need testing for an underlying thrombophilic disorder? Such screening is often considered after a thromboembolic event occurs. However, a growing body of evidence indicates that the results of thrombophilia testing can be misinterpreted and potentially harmful.1 We need to understand the utility of this testing as well as when and how it should be used. Patients and thrombosis specialists should be involved in deciding whether to perform these tests.
In this article, we provide practical information about how to diagnose venous thromboembolism, including strategies to optimize testing in suspected cases. We also offer guidance on how to decide whether further thrombophilia testing is warranted.
COMMON AND SERIOUS
Venous thromboembolism is a major cause of morbidity and death. Approximately 900,000 cases of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis occur in the United States each year, causing 60,000 to 300,000 deaths,2 with the number of cases projected to double over the next 40 years.3
INITIAL APPROACH: PRETEST PROBABILITY
Given the morbidity and mortality associated with venous thromboembolism, prompt recognition and diagnosis are imperative. Clinical diagnosis alone is insufficient, with confirmed disease found in only 15% to 25% of patients suspected of having venous thromboembolism.4–8 Therefore, the pretest probability should be coupled with objective testing.
The Wells score shows good discrimination in the outpatient and emergency department settings, but it has been invalidated in the inpatient setting, and thus it should not be used in inpatients.10
LABORATORY TESTS FOR SUSPECTED VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM
Employing an understanding of diagnostic testing is fundamental to identifying patients with venous thromboembolism.
D-dimer is a byproduct of fibrinolysis.
D-dimer testing has very high sensitivity for venous thromboembolism (> 90%) but low specificity (about 50%), and levels can be elevated in a variety of situations such as advanced age, acute inflammation, and cancer.15 The standard threshold is 500 μg/L, but because the D-dimer level increases with age, some clinicians advocate using an age-adjusted threshold for patients age 50 or older (age in years × 10 μg/L) to increase the diagnostic yield.16
Of the laboratory tests for D-dimer, the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay has the highest sensitivity and highest negative predictive value (100%) and may be preferred over the other test methodologies.17
With its high sensitivity, D-dimer testing is clinically useful for ruling out venous thromboembolism, particularly when the pretest probability is low, but it lacks the specificity required for diagnosing and treating the disease if positive. Thus, it is not useful for ruling in venous thromboembolism. If the patient has a high pretest probability, we can omit D-dimer testing in favor of imaging studies.
Other laboratory tests such as arterial blood gas and brain natriuretic peptide levels have been proposed as markers of pulmonary embolism, but studies suggest they have limited utility in predicting the presence of disease.18,19
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS
Ultrasonography
If the pretest probability of deep vein thrombosis is high or a D-dimer test is found to be positive, the next step in evaluation is compression ultrasonography.
While some guidelines recommend scanning only the proximal leg, many facilities in the United States scan the whole leg, which may reveal distal deep vein thrombosis.20 The clinical significance of isolated distal deep vein thrombosis is unknown, and a selective anticoagulation approach may be used if this condition is discovered. The 2012 and 2016 American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) guidelines on diagnosis and management of venous thromboembolism address this topic.20,21
Deep vein thrombosis in the arm should be evaluated in the same manner as in the lower extremities.
Venography
Invasive and therefore no longer often used, venography is considered the gold standard for diagnosing deep vein thrombosis. Computed tomographic (CT) or magnetic resonance (MR) venography is most useful if the patient has aberrant anatomy such as a deformity of the leg, or in situations where the use of ultrasonography is difficult or unreliable, such as in the setting of severe obesity. CT or MR venography may be considered when looking for thrombosis in noncompressible veins of the thorax and abdomen (eg, the subclavian vein, iliac vein, and inferior vena cava) if ultrasonography is negative but clinical suspicion is high. Venous-phase CT angiography is particularly useful in diagnosing deep vein thrombosis in the inferior vena cava and iliac vein when deep vein thrombosis is clinically suspected but cannot be visualized on duplex ultrasonography.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR PULMONARY EMBOLISM
Computed tomography
Imaging is warranted in patients who have a high pretest probability of pulmonary embolism, or in whom the D-dimer assay was positive but the pretest probability was low or moderate.
Once the gold standard, pulmonary angiography is no longer recommended for the initial diagnosis of pulmonary embolism because it is invasive, often unavailable, less sophisticated, and more expensive than noninvasive imaging techniques such as CT angiography. It is still used, however, in catheter-directed thrombolysis.
Thus, multiphasic CT angiography, as guided by pretest probability and the D-dimer level, is the imaging test of choice in the evaluation of pulmonary embolism. It can also offer insight into thrombotic burden and can reveal concurrent or alternative diagnoses (eg, pneumonia).
Ventilation-perfusion scanning
When CT angiography is unavailable or the patient should not be exposed to contrast medium (eg, due to concern for contrast-induced nephropathy or contrast allergy), ventilation-perfusion (V/Q) scanning remains an option for ruling out pulmonary embolism.22
Anderson et al23 compared CT angiography and V/Q scanning in a study in 1,417 patients considered likely to have acute pulmonary embolism. Rates of symptomatic pulmonary embolism during 3-month follow-up were similar in patients who initially had negative results on V/Q scanning compared with those who initially had negative results on CT angiography. However, this study used single-detector CT scanners for one-third of the patients. Therefore, the results may have been different if current technology had been used.
Limitations of V/Q scanning include length of time to perform (30–45 minutes), cost, inability to identify other causes of symptoms, and difficulty with interpretation when other pulmonary pathology is present (eg, lung infiltrate). V/Q scanning is helpful when negative but is often reported based on probability (low, intermediate, or high) and may not provide adequate guidance. Therefore, CT angiography should be used whenever possible for diagnosing pulmonary embolism.
Other tests for pulmonary embolism
Electrocardiography, transthoracic echocardiography, and chest radiography may aid in the search for alternative diagnoses and assess the degree of right heart strain as a sequela of pulmonary embolism, but they do not confirm the diagnosis.
ORDER IMAGING ONLY IF NEEDED
Diagnostic imaging can be optimized by avoiding unnecessary tests that carry both costs and clinical risks.
Most patients in whom acute pulmonary embolism is discovered will not need testing for deep vein thrombosis, as they will receive anticoagulation regardless. Similarly, many patients with acute symptomatic deep vein thrombosis do not need testing for pulmonary embolism with chest CT imaging, as they too will receive anticoagulation regardless.
Therefore, clinicians are encouraged to use diagnostic reasoning while practicing high-value care (including estimating pretest probability and measuring D-dimer when appropriate), ordering additional tests judiciously and only if indicated.
THROMBOEMBOLISM IS CONFIRMED—IS FURTHER TESTING WARRANTED?
Once acute venous thromboembolism is confirmed, key considerations include whether the event was provoked or unprovoked (ie, idiopathic) and whether the patient needs indefinite anticoagulation (eg, after 2 or more unprovoked events).
Was the event provoked or unprovoked?
Even in cases of unprovoked venous thromboembolism, no clear consensus exists as to which patients should be tested for thrombophilia. Experts do advocate, however, that it be done only in highly selected patients and that it be coordinated with the patient, family members, and an expert in this testing. Patients for whom further testing may be considered include those with venous thromboembolism in unusual sites (eg, the cavernous sinus), with warfarin-induced skin necrosis, or with recurrent pregnancy loss.
While screening for malignancy may seem prudent in the case of unexplained venous thromboembolism, the use of CT imaging for this purpose has been found to be of low yield. In one study,24 it was not found to detect additional neoplasms, and it can lead to additional cost and no added benefit for patients.
The American Board of Internal Medicine’s Choosing Wisely campaign strongly recommends consultation with an expert in thrombophilia (eg, a hematologist) before testing.25 Ordering multiple tests in bundles (hypercoagulability panels) is unlikely to alter management, could have a negative clinical impact on patients, and is generally not recommended.
The ‘4 Ps’ approach to testing
- Patient selection
- Pretest counseling
- Proper laboratory interpretation
- Provision of education and advice.
Importantly, testing should be reserved for patients in whom the pretest probability of the thrombophilic disease is moderate to high, such as testing for antiphospholipid antibody syndrome in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus or recurrent miscarriage.
Venous thromboembolism in a patient who is known to have a malignant disease does not typically warrant further thrombophilia testing, as the event was likely a sequela of the malignancy. The evaluation and management of venous thromboembolism with concurrent neoplasm is covered elsewhere.21
WHAT IF VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM IS DISCOVERED INCIDENTALLY?
Thrombophilia testing should be approached the same regardless of whether the venous thromboembolism was diagnosed intentionally or incidentally. First, determine whether the thrombosis was provoked or unprovoked, then order additional tests only if indicated, as recommended. Alternative approaches such as forgoing anticoagulation (but performing serial imaging, if indicated) may be reasonable if the thrombus is deemed clinically irrelevant (eg, nonocclusive, asymptomatic, subsegmental pulmonary embolism in the absence of proximal deep vein thrombosis; isolated distal deep vein thrombosis).25,27
It is still debatable whether the increasing incidence of asymptomatic pulmonary embolism due to enhanced sensitivity of noninvasive diagnostic imaging warrants a change in diagnostic approach.28
FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE THROMBOPHILIA TESTING
Important factors to consider before testing for thrombophilia are29:
- How will the results affect the anticoagulation plan?
- How may the patient’s clinical status and medications influence the results?
- Has the patient expressed a desire to understand why venous thromboembolism occurred?
- Will the results have a potential impact on the patient’s family members?
How will the results of thrombophilia testing affect anticoagulation management?
Because the goal of any diagnostic test is to find out what type of care the patient needs, clinicians must determine whether knowledge of an underlying thrombophilia will alter the short-term or long-term anticoagulation therapy the patient is receiving for an acute venous thromboembolic event.
As most acute episodes of venous thromboembolism require an initial 3 months of anticoagulation (with the exception of some nonclinically relevant events such as isolated distal deep vein thrombosis without extension on reimaging), testing in the acute setting does not change the short-term management of anticoagulation. Many hospitals have advocated for outpatient-only thrombophilia testing (if testing does occur), as testing in the acute setting may render test results uninterpretable (see What factors can influence thrombophilia testing? below) and can inappropriately affect the long-term management of anticoagulation. We recommend against testing in the inpatient setting.
To determine the duration of anticoagulation, clinicians must balance the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism and the risk of bleeding. If a patient is at significant risk of bleeding or does not tolerate anticoagulation, clinicians may consider stopping therapy instead of evaluating for thrombophilia. For patients with provoked venous thromboembolism, anticoagulation should generally be limited to 3 months, as the risk of recurrence does not outweigh the risk of bleeding with continued anticoagulation therapy.
Patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism have a risk of recurrence twice as high as those with provoked venous thromboembolism and generally need a longer duration of anticoagulation.30,31 Once a patient with an unprovoked venous thromboembolic event has completed the initial 3 months of anticoagulation, a formal risk-benefit evaluation should be performed to determine whether to continue it.
Up to 42% of patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism may have 1 or more thrombotic disorders, and some clinicians believe that detecting an underlying thrombophilia will aid in decisions regarding duration of therapy.32 However, the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in these patients does not differ significantly from that in patients without an underlying thrombophilia.33–35 As such, it has been suggested that the unprovoked character of the thrombotic event, rather than an underlying thrombophilia, determines the risk of future recurrence and should be used instead of testing to guide the duration of anticoagulation therapy.32
For more information, see the 2016 ACCP guideline update on antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolism.27
What factors can influence the results of thrombophilia testing?
For example, antithrombin is consumed during thrombus formation; therefore, antithrombin levels may be transiently suppressed in acute venous thromboembolism. Moreover, since antithrombin binds to unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin, and fondaparinux and mediates their activity as anticoagulants, antithrombin levels may be decreased by heparin therapy.
Similarly, vitamin K antagonists (eg, warfarin) suppress protein C and S activity levels by inhibiting vitamin K epoxide reductase and may falsely indicate a protein C or S deficiency.
Direct oral anticoagulants can cause false-positive results on lupus anticoagulant assays (dilute Russell viper venom time, augmented partial thromboplastin time), raise protein C, protein S, and antithrombin activity levels, and normalize activated protein C resistance assays, leading to missed diagnoses.41
Since estrogen therapy and pregnancy lead to increases in C4b binding protein, resulting in decreased free protein S, these situations can result in clinicians falsely labeling patients as having congenital protein S deficiency when in fact the patient had a transient reduction in protein S levels.33
Therefore, to optimize accuracy and interpretation of results, thrombophilia testing should ideally be performed when the patient:
- Is past the acute event and out of the hospital
- Is not pregnant
- Has received the required 3 months of anticoagulation and is off this therapy.
For warfarin, most recommendations say that testing should be performed after the patient has been off therapy for 2 to 6 weeks.42 Low-molecular-weight heparins and direct oral anticoagulants should be discontinued for at least 48 to 72 hours, or longer if the patient has kidney impairment, as these medications are renally eliminated.
Genetic tests such as factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutation are not affected by these factors and do not require repeat or confirmatory testing.
What if the patient or family wants to understand why an event occurred?
Some experts advocate thrombophilia testing of asymptomatic family members to identify carriers who may need prophylaxis against venous thromboembolism in high-risk situations such as pregnancy, oral contraceptive use, hospitalization, and surgery.29 Asymptomatic family members of a first-degree relative with a history of venous thromboembolism have a 2 times higher risk of an index event.43 Thus, it may be argued that these asymptomatic individuals should receive prophylactic measures in any high-risk situation, based on the family history itself rather than results of thrombophilia testing.
Occasionally, patients and family members want to know the cause of the thrombotic event and want to be tested. In these instances, pretest counseling for the patient and family about the potential implications of testing and shared decision-making between the provider and patient are of utmost importance.29
What is the impact on family members if thrombophilia is diagnosed?
While positive test results can give patients some satisfaction, this knowledge may also cause unnecessary worry, as the patient knows he or she has a hematologic disorder and could possible die of venous thromboembolism.
Thrombophilia testing can have other adverse consequences. For example, while the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 protects against denial of health insurance benefits based on genetic information, known carriers of thrombophilia may have trouble obtaining life or disability insurance.44
Unfortunately, it is not uncommon for thrombophilia testing to be inappropriately performed, interpreted, or followed up. These suboptimal approaches can lead to unnecessary exposure to high-risk therapeutic anticoagulation, excessive durations of therapy, and labeling with an unconfirmed or incorrect diagnosis. Additionally, there are significant costs associated with thrombophilia testing, including the cost of the tests and anticoagulant medications and management of adverse events such as bleeding.
WHAT ARE THE ALTERNATIVES TO THROMBOPHILIA TESTING?
Because discovered thrombophilias (eg, factor V Leiden mutation, prothrombin gene mutation) have not consistently shown a strong correlation with increased recurrence of venous thromboembolism, alternative approaches are emerging to determine the duration of therapy for unprovoked events.
Clinical prediction tools based on patient characteristics and laboratory markers that are more consistently associated with recurrent venous thromboembolism (eg, male sex, persistently elevated D-dimer) have been developed to aid clinicians dealing with this challenging question. Several prediction tools are available:
The “Men Continue and HERDOO2” rule (HERDOO2 = hyperpigmentation, edema, or redness in either leg; D-dimer level ≥ 250 μg/L; obesity with body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2; or older age, ≥ 65)45
The DASH score (D-dimer, age, sex, and hormonal therapy)46
The Vienna score,47,48 at http://cemsiis.meduniwien.ac.at/en/kb/science-research/software/clinical-software/recurrent-vte/.
SUMMARY OF THROMBOPHILIA TESTING RECOMMENDATIONS
Test for thrombophilia only when…
- Discussing with a specialist (eg, hematologist) who has an understanding of thrombophilia
- Using the 4 Ps approach
- A patient requests testing to understand why a thrombotic event occurred, and the patient understands the implications of testing (ie, received counseling) for self and for family
- An expert deems identification of asymptomatic family members important for those who may be carriers of a detected thrombophilia
- The patient with a venous thromboembolic event has completed 3 months of anticoagulation and has been off anticoagulation for the appropriate length of time
- The results will change management.
Forgo thrombophilia testing when…
- A patient has a provoked venous thromboembolic event
- You do not intend to discontinue anticoagulation (ie, anticoagulation is indefinite)
- The patient is in the acute (eg, inpatient) setting
- The patient is on anticoagulants that may render test results uninterpretable
- The patient is pregnant or on oral contraceptives
- Use of alternative patient characteristics and laboratory markers to predict venous thromboembolism recurrence may be an option.
OPTIMIZING THE DIAGNOSIS
With the incidence of venous thromboembolism rapidly increasing, optimizing its diagnosis from both a financial and clinical perspective is becoming increasingly important. Clinicians should be familiar with the use of pretest probability scoring for venous thromboembolism, as well as which diagnostic tests are preferred if further workup is indicated. They should strive to minimize or avoid indiscriminate thrombophilia testing, which may lead to increased healthcare costs and patient exposure to potentially harmful anticoagulation.
Testing for thrombophilia should be based on whether a venous thromboembolic event was provoked or unprovoked. Patients with provoked venous thromboembolism or those receiving indefinite anticoagulation therapy should not be tested for thrombophilia. If testing is being considered in a patient with unprovoked venous thromboembolism, a specialist who is able to implement the 4 Ps approach should be consulted to ensure well-informed, shared decision-making with patients and family members.
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Venous thromboembolic diseases: diagnosis, management and thrombophilia testing. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg144. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Heit JA. The epidemiology of venous thromboembolism in the community. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 2008; 28:370–372.
- Deitelzweig SB, Johnson BH, Lin J, Schulman KL. Prevalence of clinical venous thromboembolism in the USA: current trends and future projections. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:217–220.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Comerota AJ, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e419S–e494S.
- Pengo V, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al; Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension Study Group. Incidence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2257–2264.
- Kahn SR, Hirsch A, Shrier I. Effect of postthrombotic syndrome on health-related quality of life after deep venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:1144–1148.
- Wells PS, Owen C, Doucette S, Fergusson D, Tran H. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199–207.
- Ljungqvist M, Söderberg M, Moritz P, Ahlgren A, Lärfars G. Evaluation of Wells score and repeated D-dimer in diagnosing venous thromboembolism. Eur J Intern Med 2008; 19:285–288.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Excluding pulmonary embolism at the bedside without diagnostic imaging: management of patients with suspected pulmonary embolism presenting to the emergency department by using a simple clinical model and D-dimer. Ann Intern Med 2001; 135:98–107.
- Silveira PC, Ip IK, Goldhaber SZ, Piazza G, Benson CB, Khorasani R. Performance of Wells score for deep vein thrombosis in the inpatient setting. JAMA Intern Med 2015; 175:1112–1117.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Bormanis J, et al. Value of assessment of pretest probability of deep-vein thrombosis in clinical management. Lancet 1997; 350:1795–1798.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of suspected deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:1227–1235.
- van Belle A, Büller HR, Huisman MV, et al. Effectiveness of managing suspected pulmonary embolism using an algorithm combining clinical probability, D-dimer testing, and computed tomography. JAMA 2006; 295:172–179.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Derivation of a simple clinical model to categorize patients probability of pulmonary embolism: increasing the models utility with the SimpliRED D-dimer. Thromb Haemos 2000; 83:416–420.
- Schrecengost JE, LeGallo RD, Boyd JC, et al. Comparison of diagnostic accuracies in outpatients and hospitalized patients of D-dimer testing for the evaluation of suspected pulmonary embolism. Clin Chem 2003; 49:1483–1490.
- Righini M, Van Es J, Den Exter PL, et al. Age-adjusted D-dimer cutoff levels to rule out pulmonary embolism: the ADJUST-PE study. JAMA 2014; 311:1117–1124.
- Pulivarthi S, Gurram MK. Effectiveness of D-dimer as a screening test for venous thromboembolism: an update. N Am J Med Sci 2014; 6:491–499.
- Söhne M, Ten Wolde M, Boomsma F, Reitsma JB, Douketis JD, Büller HR. Brain natriuretic peptide in hemodynamically stable acute pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:552–556.
- Stein PD, Goldhaber SZ, Henry JW, Miller AC. Arterial blood gas analysis in the assessment of suspected acute pulmonary embolism. Chest 1996; 109:78–81.
- Bates SM, Jaeschke R, Stevens SM, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Diagnosis of DVT: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e351S–e418S.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST Guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest 2016; 149:315–352.
- PIOPED Investigators. Value of the ventilation/perfusion scan in acute pulmonary embolism. Results of the prospective investigation of pulmonary embolism diagnosis (PIOPED). JAMA 1990; 263:2753–2759.
- Anderson DR, Kahn SR, Rodger MA, et al. Computed tomographic pulmonary angiography vs ventilation-perfusion lung scanning in patients with suspected pulmonary embolism: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007; 298:2743–2753.
- Carrier M. Cancer screening in unprovoked venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:2475.
- American Society of Hematology. Don’t test for thrombophilia in adult patients with venous thromboembolism (VTE) occurring in the setting of major transient risk factors (surgery, trauma or prolonged immobility). www.choosingwisely.org/clinician-lists/american-society-hematology-testing-for-thrombophilia-in-adults/. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Cushman M. Thrombophilia testing in women with venous thrombosis: the 4 Ps approach. Clin Chem 2014; 60:134–137.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, Veenstra DL, Prabulos AM, Vandvik PO; American College of Chest Physicians. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl): e691S–e736S.
- Ritchie G, McGurk S, McCreath C, Graham C, Murchison JT. Prospective evaluation of unsuspected pulmonary embolism on contrast enhanced multidetector CT (MDCT) scanning. Thorax 2007; 62:536–540.
- Moll S. Thrombophilia: clinical-practical aspects. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2015; 39:367–378.
- Prandoni P, Noventa F, Ghirarduzzi A, et al. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism after discontinuing anticoagulation in patients with acute proximal deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. A prospective cohort study in 1,626 patients. Haematologica 2007; 92:199–205.
- Boutitie F, Pinede L, Schulman S, et al. Influence of preceding length of anticoagulant treatment and initial presentation of venous thromboembolism on risk of recurrence after stopping treatment: analysis of individual participants’ data from seven trials. BMJ 2011; 342:d3036.
- Kearon C, Julian JA, Kovacs MJ, et al; ELATE Investigators. Influence of thrombophilia on risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism while on warfarin: results from a randomized trial. Blood 2008; 112:4432–4436.
- Lijfering WM, Middeldorp S, Veeger NJ, et al. Risk of recurrent venous thrombosis in homozygous carriers and double heterozygous carriers of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A. Circulation 2010; 121:1706–1712.
- Hron G, Eichinger S, Weltermann A, et al. Family history for venous thromboembolism and the risk for recurrence. Am J Med 2006; 119:50–53.
- Christiansen SC, Cannegieter SC, Koster T, Vandenbroucke JP, Rosendaal FR. Thrombophilia, clinical factors, and recurrent venous thrombotic events. JAMA 2005; 293:2352–2361.
- Lijfering WM. Selective testing for thrombophilia in patients with first venous thrombosis: results from a retrospective family cohort study on absolute thrombotic risk for currently known thrombophilic defects in 2479 relatives. Blood 2009; 113:5314–5322.
- Segal JB. Predictive value of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A in adults with venous thromboembolism and in family members of those with a mutation. JAMA 2009; 301:2472–2485.
- Juul K. Factor V Leiden and the risk for venous thromboembolism in the adult Danish population. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140: 330–337.
- Emmerich J. Combined effect of factor V Leiden and prothrombin 20210A on the risk of venous thromboembolism: pooled analysis of 8 case-control studies including 2310 cases and 3204 controls. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86: 809–816.
- Garcia D. Antiphospholipid antibodies and the risk of recurrence after a first episode of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. Blood 2013; 122:817–824.
- Gosselin R, Adcock DM. The laboratory’s 2015 perspective on direct oral anticoagulant testing. J Thromb Haemost 2016; 14:886–893.
- Marlar RA, Gausman JN. Protein S abnormalities: a diagnostic nightmare. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:418–421.
- Bezemer ID, van der Meer FJ, Eikenboom JC, Rosendaal FR, Doggen CJ. The value of family history as a risk indicator for venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169:610–615.
- Middeldorp S. Evidence-based approach to thrombophilia testing. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2011; 31:275–281.
- Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al, for the REVERSE II Study Investigators. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ 2017; 356:j1065.
- Tosetto A, Iorio A, Marcucci M, et al. Predicting disease recurrence in patients with previous unprovoked venous thromboembolism: a proposed prediction score (DASH). J Thromb Haemost 2012; 10:1019–1025.
- Eichinger S, Heinze G, Jandeck LM, Kyrle PA. Risk assessment of recurrence in patients with unprovoked deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism: the Vienna prediction model. Circulation 2010; 121:1630–1636.
- Rodger MA, Kahn SR, Wells PS, et al. Identifying unprovoked thromboembolism patients at low risk for recurrence who can discontinue anticoagulant therapy. CMAJ 2008; 179:417–426.
When a patient presents with suspected venous thromboembolism, ie, deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism, what diagnostic tests are needed to confirm the diagnosis? The clinical signs and symptoms of venous thromboembolism are nonspecific and often difficult to interpret. Therefore, it is essential for clinicians to use a standardized, structured approach to diagnosis that incorporates clinical findings and laboratory testing, as well as judicious use of diagnostic imaging. But while information is important, clinicians must also strive to avoid unnecessary testing, not only to decrease costs, but also to avoid potential harm.
If the diagnosis is confirmed, does the patient need testing for an underlying thrombophilic disorder? Such screening is often considered after a thromboembolic event occurs. However, a growing body of evidence indicates that the results of thrombophilia testing can be misinterpreted and potentially harmful.1 We need to understand the utility of this testing as well as when and how it should be used. Patients and thrombosis specialists should be involved in deciding whether to perform these tests.
In this article, we provide practical information about how to diagnose venous thromboembolism, including strategies to optimize testing in suspected cases. We also offer guidance on how to decide whether further thrombophilia testing is warranted.
COMMON AND SERIOUS
Venous thromboembolism is a major cause of morbidity and death. Approximately 900,000 cases of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis occur in the United States each year, causing 60,000 to 300,000 deaths,2 with the number of cases projected to double over the next 40 years.3
INITIAL APPROACH: PRETEST PROBABILITY
Given the morbidity and mortality associated with venous thromboembolism, prompt recognition and diagnosis are imperative. Clinical diagnosis alone is insufficient, with confirmed disease found in only 15% to 25% of patients suspected of having venous thromboembolism.4–8 Therefore, the pretest probability should be coupled with objective testing.
The Wells score shows good discrimination in the outpatient and emergency department settings, but it has been invalidated in the inpatient setting, and thus it should not be used in inpatients.10
LABORATORY TESTS FOR SUSPECTED VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM
Employing an understanding of diagnostic testing is fundamental to identifying patients with venous thromboembolism.
D-dimer is a byproduct of fibrinolysis.
D-dimer testing has very high sensitivity for venous thromboembolism (> 90%) but low specificity (about 50%), and levels can be elevated in a variety of situations such as advanced age, acute inflammation, and cancer.15 The standard threshold is 500 μg/L, but because the D-dimer level increases with age, some clinicians advocate using an age-adjusted threshold for patients age 50 or older (age in years × 10 μg/L) to increase the diagnostic yield.16
Of the laboratory tests for D-dimer, the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay has the highest sensitivity and highest negative predictive value (100%) and may be preferred over the other test methodologies.17
With its high sensitivity, D-dimer testing is clinically useful for ruling out venous thromboembolism, particularly when the pretest probability is low, but it lacks the specificity required for diagnosing and treating the disease if positive. Thus, it is not useful for ruling in venous thromboembolism. If the patient has a high pretest probability, we can omit D-dimer testing in favor of imaging studies.
Other laboratory tests such as arterial blood gas and brain natriuretic peptide levels have been proposed as markers of pulmonary embolism, but studies suggest they have limited utility in predicting the presence of disease.18,19
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS
Ultrasonography
If the pretest probability of deep vein thrombosis is high or a D-dimer test is found to be positive, the next step in evaluation is compression ultrasonography.
While some guidelines recommend scanning only the proximal leg, many facilities in the United States scan the whole leg, which may reveal distal deep vein thrombosis.20 The clinical significance of isolated distal deep vein thrombosis is unknown, and a selective anticoagulation approach may be used if this condition is discovered. The 2012 and 2016 American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) guidelines on diagnosis and management of venous thromboembolism address this topic.20,21
Deep vein thrombosis in the arm should be evaluated in the same manner as in the lower extremities.
Venography
Invasive and therefore no longer often used, venography is considered the gold standard for diagnosing deep vein thrombosis. Computed tomographic (CT) or magnetic resonance (MR) venography is most useful if the patient has aberrant anatomy such as a deformity of the leg, or in situations where the use of ultrasonography is difficult or unreliable, such as in the setting of severe obesity. CT or MR venography may be considered when looking for thrombosis in noncompressible veins of the thorax and abdomen (eg, the subclavian vein, iliac vein, and inferior vena cava) if ultrasonography is negative but clinical suspicion is high. Venous-phase CT angiography is particularly useful in diagnosing deep vein thrombosis in the inferior vena cava and iliac vein when deep vein thrombosis is clinically suspected but cannot be visualized on duplex ultrasonography.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR PULMONARY EMBOLISM
Computed tomography
Imaging is warranted in patients who have a high pretest probability of pulmonary embolism, or in whom the D-dimer assay was positive but the pretest probability was low or moderate.
Once the gold standard, pulmonary angiography is no longer recommended for the initial diagnosis of pulmonary embolism because it is invasive, often unavailable, less sophisticated, and more expensive than noninvasive imaging techniques such as CT angiography. It is still used, however, in catheter-directed thrombolysis.
Thus, multiphasic CT angiography, as guided by pretest probability and the D-dimer level, is the imaging test of choice in the evaluation of pulmonary embolism. It can also offer insight into thrombotic burden and can reveal concurrent or alternative diagnoses (eg, pneumonia).
Ventilation-perfusion scanning
When CT angiography is unavailable or the patient should not be exposed to contrast medium (eg, due to concern for contrast-induced nephropathy or contrast allergy), ventilation-perfusion (V/Q) scanning remains an option for ruling out pulmonary embolism.22
Anderson et al23 compared CT angiography and V/Q scanning in a study in 1,417 patients considered likely to have acute pulmonary embolism. Rates of symptomatic pulmonary embolism during 3-month follow-up were similar in patients who initially had negative results on V/Q scanning compared with those who initially had negative results on CT angiography. However, this study used single-detector CT scanners for one-third of the patients. Therefore, the results may have been different if current technology had been used.
Limitations of V/Q scanning include length of time to perform (30–45 minutes), cost, inability to identify other causes of symptoms, and difficulty with interpretation when other pulmonary pathology is present (eg, lung infiltrate). V/Q scanning is helpful when negative but is often reported based on probability (low, intermediate, or high) and may not provide adequate guidance. Therefore, CT angiography should be used whenever possible for diagnosing pulmonary embolism.
Other tests for pulmonary embolism
Electrocardiography, transthoracic echocardiography, and chest radiography may aid in the search for alternative diagnoses and assess the degree of right heart strain as a sequela of pulmonary embolism, but they do not confirm the diagnosis.
ORDER IMAGING ONLY IF NEEDED
Diagnostic imaging can be optimized by avoiding unnecessary tests that carry both costs and clinical risks.
Most patients in whom acute pulmonary embolism is discovered will not need testing for deep vein thrombosis, as they will receive anticoagulation regardless. Similarly, many patients with acute symptomatic deep vein thrombosis do not need testing for pulmonary embolism with chest CT imaging, as they too will receive anticoagulation regardless.
Therefore, clinicians are encouraged to use diagnostic reasoning while practicing high-value care (including estimating pretest probability and measuring D-dimer when appropriate), ordering additional tests judiciously and only if indicated.
THROMBOEMBOLISM IS CONFIRMED—IS FURTHER TESTING WARRANTED?
Once acute venous thromboembolism is confirmed, key considerations include whether the event was provoked or unprovoked (ie, idiopathic) and whether the patient needs indefinite anticoagulation (eg, after 2 or more unprovoked events).
Was the event provoked or unprovoked?
Even in cases of unprovoked venous thromboembolism, no clear consensus exists as to which patients should be tested for thrombophilia. Experts do advocate, however, that it be done only in highly selected patients and that it be coordinated with the patient, family members, and an expert in this testing. Patients for whom further testing may be considered include those with venous thromboembolism in unusual sites (eg, the cavernous sinus), with warfarin-induced skin necrosis, or with recurrent pregnancy loss.
While screening for malignancy may seem prudent in the case of unexplained venous thromboembolism, the use of CT imaging for this purpose has been found to be of low yield. In one study,24 it was not found to detect additional neoplasms, and it can lead to additional cost and no added benefit for patients.
The American Board of Internal Medicine’s Choosing Wisely campaign strongly recommends consultation with an expert in thrombophilia (eg, a hematologist) before testing.25 Ordering multiple tests in bundles (hypercoagulability panels) is unlikely to alter management, could have a negative clinical impact on patients, and is generally not recommended.
The ‘4 Ps’ approach to testing
- Patient selection
- Pretest counseling
- Proper laboratory interpretation
- Provision of education and advice.
Importantly, testing should be reserved for patients in whom the pretest probability of the thrombophilic disease is moderate to high, such as testing for antiphospholipid antibody syndrome in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus or recurrent miscarriage.
Venous thromboembolism in a patient who is known to have a malignant disease does not typically warrant further thrombophilia testing, as the event was likely a sequela of the malignancy. The evaluation and management of venous thromboembolism with concurrent neoplasm is covered elsewhere.21
WHAT IF VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM IS DISCOVERED INCIDENTALLY?
Thrombophilia testing should be approached the same regardless of whether the venous thromboembolism was diagnosed intentionally or incidentally. First, determine whether the thrombosis was provoked or unprovoked, then order additional tests only if indicated, as recommended. Alternative approaches such as forgoing anticoagulation (but performing serial imaging, if indicated) may be reasonable if the thrombus is deemed clinically irrelevant (eg, nonocclusive, asymptomatic, subsegmental pulmonary embolism in the absence of proximal deep vein thrombosis; isolated distal deep vein thrombosis).25,27
It is still debatable whether the increasing incidence of asymptomatic pulmonary embolism due to enhanced sensitivity of noninvasive diagnostic imaging warrants a change in diagnostic approach.28
FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE THROMBOPHILIA TESTING
Important factors to consider before testing for thrombophilia are29:
- How will the results affect the anticoagulation plan?
- How may the patient’s clinical status and medications influence the results?
- Has the patient expressed a desire to understand why venous thromboembolism occurred?
- Will the results have a potential impact on the patient’s family members?
How will the results of thrombophilia testing affect anticoagulation management?
Because the goal of any diagnostic test is to find out what type of care the patient needs, clinicians must determine whether knowledge of an underlying thrombophilia will alter the short-term or long-term anticoagulation therapy the patient is receiving for an acute venous thromboembolic event.
As most acute episodes of venous thromboembolism require an initial 3 months of anticoagulation (with the exception of some nonclinically relevant events such as isolated distal deep vein thrombosis without extension on reimaging), testing in the acute setting does not change the short-term management of anticoagulation. Many hospitals have advocated for outpatient-only thrombophilia testing (if testing does occur), as testing in the acute setting may render test results uninterpretable (see What factors can influence thrombophilia testing? below) and can inappropriately affect the long-term management of anticoagulation. We recommend against testing in the inpatient setting.
To determine the duration of anticoagulation, clinicians must balance the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism and the risk of bleeding. If a patient is at significant risk of bleeding or does not tolerate anticoagulation, clinicians may consider stopping therapy instead of evaluating for thrombophilia. For patients with provoked venous thromboembolism, anticoagulation should generally be limited to 3 months, as the risk of recurrence does not outweigh the risk of bleeding with continued anticoagulation therapy.
Patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism have a risk of recurrence twice as high as those with provoked venous thromboembolism and generally need a longer duration of anticoagulation.30,31 Once a patient with an unprovoked venous thromboembolic event has completed the initial 3 months of anticoagulation, a formal risk-benefit evaluation should be performed to determine whether to continue it.
Up to 42% of patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism may have 1 or more thrombotic disorders, and some clinicians believe that detecting an underlying thrombophilia will aid in decisions regarding duration of therapy.32 However, the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in these patients does not differ significantly from that in patients without an underlying thrombophilia.33–35 As such, it has been suggested that the unprovoked character of the thrombotic event, rather than an underlying thrombophilia, determines the risk of future recurrence and should be used instead of testing to guide the duration of anticoagulation therapy.32
For more information, see the 2016 ACCP guideline update on antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolism.27
What factors can influence the results of thrombophilia testing?
For example, antithrombin is consumed during thrombus formation; therefore, antithrombin levels may be transiently suppressed in acute venous thromboembolism. Moreover, since antithrombin binds to unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin, and fondaparinux and mediates their activity as anticoagulants, antithrombin levels may be decreased by heparin therapy.
Similarly, vitamin K antagonists (eg, warfarin) suppress protein C and S activity levels by inhibiting vitamin K epoxide reductase and may falsely indicate a protein C or S deficiency.
Direct oral anticoagulants can cause false-positive results on lupus anticoagulant assays (dilute Russell viper venom time, augmented partial thromboplastin time), raise protein C, protein S, and antithrombin activity levels, and normalize activated protein C resistance assays, leading to missed diagnoses.41
Since estrogen therapy and pregnancy lead to increases in C4b binding protein, resulting in decreased free protein S, these situations can result in clinicians falsely labeling patients as having congenital protein S deficiency when in fact the patient had a transient reduction in protein S levels.33
Therefore, to optimize accuracy and interpretation of results, thrombophilia testing should ideally be performed when the patient:
- Is past the acute event and out of the hospital
- Is not pregnant
- Has received the required 3 months of anticoagulation and is off this therapy.
For warfarin, most recommendations say that testing should be performed after the patient has been off therapy for 2 to 6 weeks.42 Low-molecular-weight heparins and direct oral anticoagulants should be discontinued for at least 48 to 72 hours, or longer if the patient has kidney impairment, as these medications are renally eliminated.
Genetic tests such as factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutation are not affected by these factors and do not require repeat or confirmatory testing.
What if the patient or family wants to understand why an event occurred?
Some experts advocate thrombophilia testing of asymptomatic family members to identify carriers who may need prophylaxis against venous thromboembolism in high-risk situations such as pregnancy, oral contraceptive use, hospitalization, and surgery.29 Asymptomatic family members of a first-degree relative with a history of venous thromboembolism have a 2 times higher risk of an index event.43 Thus, it may be argued that these asymptomatic individuals should receive prophylactic measures in any high-risk situation, based on the family history itself rather than results of thrombophilia testing.
Occasionally, patients and family members want to know the cause of the thrombotic event and want to be tested. In these instances, pretest counseling for the patient and family about the potential implications of testing and shared decision-making between the provider and patient are of utmost importance.29
What is the impact on family members if thrombophilia is diagnosed?
While positive test results can give patients some satisfaction, this knowledge may also cause unnecessary worry, as the patient knows he or she has a hematologic disorder and could possible die of venous thromboembolism.
Thrombophilia testing can have other adverse consequences. For example, while the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 protects against denial of health insurance benefits based on genetic information, known carriers of thrombophilia may have trouble obtaining life or disability insurance.44
Unfortunately, it is not uncommon for thrombophilia testing to be inappropriately performed, interpreted, or followed up. These suboptimal approaches can lead to unnecessary exposure to high-risk therapeutic anticoagulation, excessive durations of therapy, and labeling with an unconfirmed or incorrect diagnosis. Additionally, there are significant costs associated with thrombophilia testing, including the cost of the tests and anticoagulant medications and management of adverse events such as bleeding.
WHAT ARE THE ALTERNATIVES TO THROMBOPHILIA TESTING?
Because discovered thrombophilias (eg, factor V Leiden mutation, prothrombin gene mutation) have not consistently shown a strong correlation with increased recurrence of venous thromboembolism, alternative approaches are emerging to determine the duration of therapy for unprovoked events.
Clinical prediction tools based on patient characteristics and laboratory markers that are more consistently associated with recurrent venous thromboembolism (eg, male sex, persistently elevated D-dimer) have been developed to aid clinicians dealing with this challenging question. Several prediction tools are available:
The “Men Continue and HERDOO2” rule (HERDOO2 = hyperpigmentation, edema, or redness in either leg; D-dimer level ≥ 250 μg/L; obesity with body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2; or older age, ≥ 65)45
The DASH score (D-dimer, age, sex, and hormonal therapy)46
The Vienna score,47,48 at http://cemsiis.meduniwien.ac.at/en/kb/science-research/software/clinical-software/recurrent-vte/.
SUMMARY OF THROMBOPHILIA TESTING RECOMMENDATIONS
Test for thrombophilia only when…
- Discussing with a specialist (eg, hematologist) who has an understanding of thrombophilia
- Using the 4 Ps approach
- A patient requests testing to understand why a thrombotic event occurred, and the patient understands the implications of testing (ie, received counseling) for self and for family
- An expert deems identification of asymptomatic family members important for those who may be carriers of a detected thrombophilia
- The patient with a venous thromboembolic event has completed 3 months of anticoagulation and has been off anticoagulation for the appropriate length of time
- The results will change management.
Forgo thrombophilia testing when…
- A patient has a provoked venous thromboembolic event
- You do not intend to discontinue anticoagulation (ie, anticoagulation is indefinite)
- The patient is in the acute (eg, inpatient) setting
- The patient is on anticoagulants that may render test results uninterpretable
- The patient is pregnant or on oral contraceptives
- Use of alternative patient characteristics and laboratory markers to predict venous thromboembolism recurrence may be an option.
OPTIMIZING THE DIAGNOSIS
With the incidence of venous thromboembolism rapidly increasing, optimizing its diagnosis from both a financial and clinical perspective is becoming increasingly important. Clinicians should be familiar with the use of pretest probability scoring for venous thromboembolism, as well as which diagnostic tests are preferred if further workup is indicated. They should strive to minimize or avoid indiscriminate thrombophilia testing, which may lead to increased healthcare costs and patient exposure to potentially harmful anticoagulation.
Testing for thrombophilia should be based on whether a venous thromboembolic event was provoked or unprovoked. Patients with provoked venous thromboembolism or those receiving indefinite anticoagulation therapy should not be tested for thrombophilia. If testing is being considered in a patient with unprovoked venous thromboembolism, a specialist who is able to implement the 4 Ps approach should be consulted to ensure well-informed, shared decision-making with patients and family members.
When a patient presents with suspected venous thromboembolism, ie, deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism, what diagnostic tests are needed to confirm the diagnosis? The clinical signs and symptoms of venous thromboembolism are nonspecific and often difficult to interpret. Therefore, it is essential for clinicians to use a standardized, structured approach to diagnosis that incorporates clinical findings and laboratory testing, as well as judicious use of diagnostic imaging. But while information is important, clinicians must also strive to avoid unnecessary testing, not only to decrease costs, but also to avoid potential harm.
If the diagnosis is confirmed, does the patient need testing for an underlying thrombophilic disorder? Such screening is often considered after a thromboembolic event occurs. However, a growing body of evidence indicates that the results of thrombophilia testing can be misinterpreted and potentially harmful.1 We need to understand the utility of this testing as well as when and how it should be used. Patients and thrombosis specialists should be involved in deciding whether to perform these tests.
In this article, we provide practical information about how to diagnose venous thromboembolism, including strategies to optimize testing in suspected cases. We also offer guidance on how to decide whether further thrombophilia testing is warranted.
COMMON AND SERIOUS
Venous thromboembolism is a major cause of morbidity and death. Approximately 900,000 cases of pulmonary embolism and deep vein thrombosis occur in the United States each year, causing 60,000 to 300,000 deaths,2 with the number of cases projected to double over the next 40 years.3
INITIAL APPROACH: PRETEST PROBABILITY
Given the morbidity and mortality associated with venous thromboembolism, prompt recognition and diagnosis are imperative. Clinical diagnosis alone is insufficient, with confirmed disease found in only 15% to 25% of patients suspected of having venous thromboembolism.4–8 Therefore, the pretest probability should be coupled with objective testing.
The Wells score shows good discrimination in the outpatient and emergency department settings, but it has been invalidated in the inpatient setting, and thus it should not be used in inpatients.10
LABORATORY TESTS FOR SUSPECTED VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM
Employing an understanding of diagnostic testing is fundamental to identifying patients with venous thromboembolism.
D-dimer is a byproduct of fibrinolysis.
D-dimer testing has very high sensitivity for venous thromboembolism (> 90%) but low specificity (about 50%), and levels can be elevated in a variety of situations such as advanced age, acute inflammation, and cancer.15 The standard threshold is 500 μg/L, but because the D-dimer level increases with age, some clinicians advocate using an age-adjusted threshold for patients age 50 or older (age in years × 10 μg/L) to increase the diagnostic yield.16
Of the laboratory tests for D-dimer, the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay has the highest sensitivity and highest negative predictive value (100%) and may be preferred over the other test methodologies.17
With its high sensitivity, D-dimer testing is clinically useful for ruling out venous thromboembolism, particularly when the pretest probability is low, but it lacks the specificity required for diagnosing and treating the disease if positive. Thus, it is not useful for ruling in venous thromboembolism. If the patient has a high pretest probability, we can omit D-dimer testing in favor of imaging studies.
Other laboratory tests such as arterial blood gas and brain natriuretic peptide levels have been proposed as markers of pulmonary embolism, but studies suggest they have limited utility in predicting the presence of disease.18,19
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR DEEP VEIN THROMBOSIS
Ultrasonography
If the pretest probability of deep vein thrombosis is high or a D-dimer test is found to be positive, the next step in evaluation is compression ultrasonography.
While some guidelines recommend scanning only the proximal leg, many facilities in the United States scan the whole leg, which may reveal distal deep vein thrombosis.20 The clinical significance of isolated distal deep vein thrombosis is unknown, and a selective anticoagulation approach may be used if this condition is discovered. The 2012 and 2016 American College of Chest Physicians (ACCP) guidelines on diagnosis and management of venous thromboembolism address this topic.20,21
Deep vein thrombosis in the arm should be evaluated in the same manner as in the lower extremities.
Venography
Invasive and therefore no longer often used, venography is considered the gold standard for diagnosing deep vein thrombosis. Computed tomographic (CT) or magnetic resonance (MR) venography is most useful if the patient has aberrant anatomy such as a deformity of the leg, or in situations where the use of ultrasonography is difficult or unreliable, such as in the setting of severe obesity. CT or MR venography may be considered when looking for thrombosis in noncompressible veins of the thorax and abdomen (eg, the subclavian vein, iliac vein, and inferior vena cava) if ultrasonography is negative but clinical suspicion is high. Venous-phase CT angiography is particularly useful in diagnosing deep vein thrombosis in the inferior vena cava and iliac vein when deep vein thrombosis is clinically suspected but cannot be visualized on duplex ultrasonography.
DIAGNOSTIC TESTS FOR PULMONARY EMBOLISM
Computed tomography
Imaging is warranted in patients who have a high pretest probability of pulmonary embolism, or in whom the D-dimer assay was positive but the pretest probability was low or moderate.
Once the gold standard, pulmonary angiography is no longer recommended for the initial diagnosis of pulmonary embolism because it is invasive, often unavailable, less sophisticated, and more expensive than noninvasive imaging techniques such as CT angiography. It is still used, however, in catheter-directed thrombolysis.
Thus, multiphasic CT angiography, as guided by pretest probability and the D-dimer level, is the imaging test of choice in the evaluation of pulmonary embolism. It can also offer insight into thrombotic burden and can reveal concurrent or alternative diagnoses (eg, pneumonia).
Ventilation-perfusion scanning
When CT angiography is unavailable or the patient should not be exposed to contrast medium (eg, due to concern for contrast-induced nephropathy or contrast allergy), ventilation-perfusion (V/Q) scanning remains an option for ruling out pulmonary embolism.22
Anderson et al23 compared CT angiography and V/Q scanning in a study in 1,417 patients considered likely to have acute pulmonary embolism. Rates of symptomatic pulmonary embolism during 3-month follow-up were similar in patients who initially had negative results on V/Q scanning compared with those who initially had negative results on CT angiography. However, this study used single-detector CT scanners for one-third of the patients. Therefore, the results may have been different if current technology had been used.
Limitations of V/Q scanning include length of time to perform (30–45 minutes), cost, inability to identify other causes of symptoms, and difficulty with interpretation when other pulmonary pathology is present (eg, lung infiltrate). V/Q scanning is helpful when negative but is often reported based on probability (low, intermediate, or high) and may not provide adequate guidance. Therefore, CT angiography should be used whenever possible for diagnosing pulmonary embolism.
Other tests for pulmonary embolism
Electrocardiography, transthoracic echocardiography, and chest radiography may aid in the search for alternative diagnoses and assess the degree of right heart strain as a sequela of pulmonary embolism, but they do not confirm the diagnosis.
ORDER IMAGING ONLY IF NEEDED
Diagnostic imaging can be optimized by avoiding unnecessary tests that carry both costs and clinical risks.
Most patients in whom acute pulmonary embolism is discovered will not need testing for deep vein thrombosis, as they will receive anticoagulation regardless. Similarly, many patients with acute symptomatic deep vein thrombosis do not need testing for pulmonary embolism with chest CT imaging, as they too will receive anticoagulation regardless.
Therefore, clinicians are encouraged to use diagnostic reasoning while practicing high-value care (including estimating pretest probability and measuring D-dimer when appropriate), ordering additional tests judiciously and only if indicated.
THROMBOEMBOLISM IS CONFIRMED—IS FURTHER TESTING WARRANTED?
Once acute venous thromboembolism is confirmed, key considerations include whether the event was provoked or unprovoked (ie, idiopathic) and whether the patient needs indefinite anticoagulation (eg, after 2 or more unprovoked events).
Was the event provoked or unprovoked?
Even in cases of unprovoked venous thromboembolism, no clear consensus exists as to which patients should be tested for thrombophilia. Experts do advocate, however, that it be done only in highly selected patients and that it be coordinated with the patient, family members, and an expert in this testing. Patients for whom further testing may be considered include those with venous thromboembolism in unusual sites (eg, the cavernous sinus), with warfarin-induced skin necrosis, or with recurrent pregnancy loss.
While screening for malignancy may seem prudent in the case of unexplained venous thromboembolism, the use of CT imaging for this purpose has been found to be of low yield. In one study,24 it was not found to detect additional neoplasms, and it can lead to additional cost and no added benefit for patients.
The American Board of Internal Medicine’s Choosing Wisely campaign strongly recommends consultation with an expert in thrombophilia (eg, a hematologist) before testing.25 Ordering multiple tests in bundles (hypercoagulability panels) is unlikely to alter management, could have a negative clinical impact on patients, and is generally not recommended.
The ‘4 Ps’ approach to testing
- Patient selection
- Pretest counseling
- Proper laboratory interpretation
- Provision of education and advice.
Importantly, testing should be reserved for patients in whom the pretest probability of the thrombophilic disease is moderate to high, such as testing for antiphospholipid antibody syndrome in patients with systemic lupus erythematosus or recurrent miscarriage.
Venous thromboembolism in a patient who is known to have a malignant disease does not typically warrant further thrombophilia testing, as the event was likely a sequela of the malignancy. The evaluation and management of venous thromboembolism with concurrent neoplasm is covered elsewhere.21
WHAT IF VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM IS DISCOVERED INCIDENTALLY?
Thrombophilia testing should be approached the same regardless of whether the venous thromboembolism was diagnosed intentionally or incidentally. First, determine whether the thrombosis was provoked or unprovoked, then order additional tests only if indicated, as recommended. Alternative approaches such as forgoing anticoagulation (but performing serial imaging, if indicated) may be reasonable if the thrombus is deemed clinically irrelevant (eg, nonocclusive, asymptomatic, subsegmental pulmonary embolism in the absence of proximal deep vein thrombosis; isolated distal deep vein thrombosis).25,27
It is still debatable whether the increasing incidence of asymptomatic pulmonary embolism due to enhanced sensitivity of noninvasive diagnostic imaging warrants a change in diagnostic approach.28
FACTORS TO CONSIDER BEFORE THROMBOPHILIA TESTING
Important factors to consider before testing for thrombophilia are29:
- How will the results affect the anticoagulation plan?
- How may the patient’s clinical status and medications influence the results?
- Has the patient expressed a desire to understand why venous thromboembolism occurred?
- Will the results have a potential impact on the patient’s family members?
How will the results of thrombophilia testing affect anticoagulation management?
Because the goal of any diagnostic test is to find out what type of care the patient needs, clinicians must determine whether knowledge of an underlying thrombophilia will alter the short-term or long-term anticoagulation therapy the patient is receiving for an acute venous thromboembolic event.
As most acute episodes of venous thromboembolism require an initial 3 months of anticoagulation (with the exception of some nonclinically relevant events such as isolated distal deep vein thrombosis without extension on reimaging), testing in the acute setting does not change the short-term management of anticoagulation. Many hospitals have advocated for outpatient-only thrombophilia testing (if testing does occur), as testing in the acute setting may render test results uninterpretable (see What factors can influence thrombophilia testing? below) and can inappropriately affect the long-term management of anticoagulation. We recommend against testing in the inpatient setting.
To determine the duration of anticoagulation, clinicians must balance the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism and the risk of bleeding. If a patient is at significant risk of bleeding or does not tolerate anticoagulation, clinicians may consider stopping therapy instead of evaluating for thrombophilia. For patients with provoked venous thromboembolism, anticoagulation should generally be limited to 3 months, as the risk of recurrence does not outweigh the risk of bleeding with continued anticoagulation therapy.
Patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism have a risk of recurrence twice as high as those with provoked venous thromboembolism and generally need a longer duration of anticoagulation.30,31 Once a patient with an unprovoked venous thromboembolic event has completed the initial 3 months of anticoagulation, a formal risk-benefit evaluation should be performed to determine whether to continue it.
Up to 42% of patients with unprovoked venous thromboembolism may have 1 or more thrombotic disorders, and some clinicians believe that detecting an underlying thrombophilia will aid in decisions regarding duration of therapy.32 However, the risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism in these patients does not differ significantly from that in patients without an underlying thrombophilia.33–35 As such, it has been suggested that the unprovoked character of the thrombotic event, rather than an underlying thrombophilia, determines the risk of future recurrence and should be used instead of testing to guide the duration of anticoagulation therapy.32
For more information, see the 2016 ACCP guideline update on antithrombotic therapy for venous thromboembolism.27
What factors can influence the results of thrombophilia testing?
For example, antithrombin is consumed during thrombus formation; therefore, antithrombin levels may be transiently suppressed in acute venous thromboembolism. Moreover, since antithrombin binds to unfractionated heparin, low-molecular-weight heparin, and fondaparinux and mediates their activity as anticoagulants, antithrombin levels may be decreased by heparin therapy.
Similarly, vitamin K antagonists (eg, warfarin) suppress protein C and S activity levels by inhibiting vitamin K epoxide reductase and may falsely indicate a protein C or S deficiency.
Direct oral anticoagulants can cause false-positive results on lupus anticoagulant assays (dilute Russell viper venom time, augmented partial thromboplastin time), raise protein C, protein S, and antithrombin activity levels, and normalize activated protein C resistance assays, leading to missed diagnoses.41
Since estrogen therapy and pregnancy lead to increases in C4b binding protein, resulting in decreased free protein S, these situations can result in clinicians falsely labeling patients as having congenital protein S deficiency when in fact the patient had a transient reduction in protein S levels.33
Therefore, to optimize accuracy and interpretation of results, thrombophilia testing should ideally be performed when the patient:
- Is past the acute event and out of the hospital
- Is not pregnant
- Has received the required 3 months of anticoagulation and is off this therapy.
For warfarin, most recommendations say that testing should be performed after the patient has been off therapy for 2 to 6 weeks.42 Low-molecular-weight heparins and direct oral anticoagulants should be discontinued for at least 48 to 72 hours, or longer if the patient has kidney impairment, as these medications are renally eliminated.
Genetic tests such as factor V Leiden and prothrombin gene mutation are not affected by these factors and do not require repeat or confirmatory testing.
What if the patient or family wants to understand why an event occurred?
Some experts advocate thrombophilia testing of asymptomatic family members to identify carriers who may need prophylaxis against venous thromboembolism in high-risk situations such as pregnancy, oral contraceptive use, hospitalization, and surgery.29 Asymptomatic family members of a first-degree relative with a history of venous thromboembolism have a 2 times higher risk of an index event.43 Thus, it may be argued that these asymptomatic individuals should receive prophylactic measures in any high-risk situation, based on the family history itself rather than results of thrombophilia testing.
Occasionally, patients and family members want to know the cause of the thrombotic event and want to be tested. In these instances, pretest counseling for the patient and family about the potential implications of testing and shared decision-making between the provider and patient are of utmost importance.29
What is the impact on family members if thrombophilia is diagnosed?
While positive test results can give patients some satisfaction, this knowledge may also cause unnecessary worry, as the patient knows he or she has a hematologic disorder and could possible die of venous thromboembolism.
Thrombophilia testing can have other adverse consequences. For example, while the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 protects against denial of health insurance benefits based on genetic information, known carriers of thrombophilia may have trouble obtaining life or disability insurance.44
Unfortunately, it is not uncommon for thrombophilia testing to be inappropriately performed, interpreted, or followed up. These suboptimal approaches can lead to unnecessary exposure to high-risk therapeutic anticoagulation, excessive durations of therapy, and labeling with an unconfirmed or incorrect diagnosis. Additionally, there are significant costs associated with thrombophilia testing, including the cost of the tests and anticoagulant medications and management of adverse events such as bleeding.
WHAT ARE THE ALTERNATIVES TO THROMBOPHILIA TESTING?
Because discovered thrombophilias (eg, factor V Leiden mutation, prothrombin gene mutation) have not consistently shown a strong correlation with increased recurrence of venous thromboembolism, alternative approaches are emerging to determine the duration of therapy for unprovoked events.
Clinical prediction tools based on patient characteristics and laboratory markers that are more consistently associated with recurrent venous thromboembolism (eg, male sex, persistently elevated D-dimer) have been developed to aid clinicians dealing with this challenging question. Several prediction tools are available:
The “Men Continue and HERDOO2” rule (HERDOO2 = hyperpigmentation, edema, or redness in either leg; D-dimer level ≥ 250 μg/L; obesity with body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2; or older age, ≥ 65)45
The DASH score (D-dimer, age, sex, and hormonal therapy)46
The Vienna score,47,48 at http://cemsiis.meduniwien.ac.at/en/kb/science-research/software/clinical-software/recurrent-vte/.
SUMMARY OF THROMBOPHILIA TESTING RECOMMENDATIONS
Test for thrombophilia only when…
- Discussing with a specialist (eg, hematologist) who has an understanding of thrombophilia
- Using the 4 Ps approach
- A patient requests testing to understand why a thrombotic event occurred, and the patient understands the implications of testing (ie, received counseling) for self and for family
- An expert deems identification of asymptomatic family members important for those who may be carriers of a detected thrombophilia
- The patient with a venous thromboembolic event has completed 3 months of anticoagulation and has been off anticoagulation for the appropriate length of time
- The results will change management.
Forgo thrombophilia testing when…
- A patient has a provoked venous thromboembolic event
- You do not intend to discontinue anticoagulation (ie, anticoagulation is indefinite)
- The patient is in the acute (eg, inpatient) setting
- The patient is on anticoagulants that may render test results uninterpretable
- The patient is pregnant or on oral contraceptives
- Use of alternative patient characteristics and laboratory markers to predict venous thromboembolism recurrence may be an option.
OPTIMIZING THE DIAGNOSIS
With the incidence of venous thromboembolism rapidly increasing, optimizing its diagnosis from both a financial and clinical perspective is becoming increasingly important. Clinicians should be familiar with the use of pretest probability scoring for venous thromboembolism, as well as which diagnostic tests are preferred if further workup is indicated. They should strive to minimize or avoid indiscriminate thrombophilia testing, which may lead to increased healthcare costs and patient exposure to potentially harmful anticoagulation.
Testing for thrombophilia should be based on whether a venous thromboembolic event was provoked or unprovoked. Patients with provoked venous thromboembolism or those receiving indefinite anticoagulation therapy should not be tested for thrombophilia. If testing is being considered in a patient with unprovoked venous thromboembolism, a specialist who is able to implement the 4 Ps approach should be consulted to ensure well-informed, shared decision-making with patients and family members.
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Venous thromboembolic diseases: diagnosis, management and thrombophilia testing. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg144. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Heit JA. The epidemiology of venous thromboembolism in the community. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 2008; 28:370–372.
- Deitelzweig SB, Johnson BH, Lin J, Schulman KL. Prevalence of clinical venous thromboembolism in the USA: current trends and future projections. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:217–220.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Comerota AJ, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e419S–e494S.
- Pengo V, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al; Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension Study Group. Incidence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2257–2264.
- Kahn SR, Hirsch A, Shrier I. Effect of postthrombotic syndrome on health-related quality of life after deep venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:1144–1148.
- Wells PS, Owen C, Doucette S, Fergusson D, Tran H. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199–207.
- Ljungqvist M, Söderberg M, Moritz P, Ahlgren A, Lärfars G. Evaluation of Wells score and repeated D-dimer in diagnosing venous thromboembolism. Eur J Intern Med 2008; 19:285–288.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Excluding pulmonary embolism at the bedside without diagnostic imaging: management of patients with suspected pulmonary embolism presenting to the emergency department by using a simple clinical model and D-dimer. Ann Intern Med 2001; 135:98–107.
- Silveira PC, Ip IK, Goldhaber SZ, Piazza G, Benson CB, Khorasani R. Performance of Wells score for deep vein thrombosis in the inpatient setting. JAMA Intern Med 2015; 175:1112–1117.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Bormanis J, et al. Value of assessment of pretest probability of deep-vein thrombosis in clinical management. Lancet 1997; 350:1795–1798.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of suspected deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:1227–1235.
- van Belle A, Büller HR, Huisman MV, et al. Effectiveness of managing suspected pulmonary embolism using an algorithm combining clinical probability, D-dimer testing, and computed tomography. JAMA 2006; 295:172–179.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Derivation of a simple clinical model to categorize patients probability of pulmonary embolism: increasing the models utility with the SimpliRED D-dimer. Thromb Haemos 2000; 83:416–420.
- Schrecengost JE, LeGallo RD, Boyd JC, et al. Comparison of diagnostic accuracies in outpatients and hospitalized patients of D-dimer testing for the evaluation of suspected pulmonary embolism. Clin Chem 2003; 49:1483–1490.
- Righini M, Van Es J, Den Exter PL, et al. Age-adjusted D-dimer cutoff levels to rule out pulmonary embolism: the ADJUST-PE study. JAMA 2014; 311:1117–1124.
- Pulivarthi S, Gurram MK. Effectiveness of D-dimer as a screening test for venous thromboembolism: an update. N Am J Med Sci 2014; 6:491–499.
- Söhne M, Ten Wolde M, Boomsma F, Reitsma JB, Douketis JD, Büller HR. Brain natriuretic peptide in hemodynamically stable acute pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:552–556.
- Stein PD, Goldhaber SZ, Henry JW, Miller AC. Arterial blood gas analysis in the assessment of suspected acute pulmonary embolism. Chest 1996; 109:78–81.
- Bates SM, Jaeschke R, Stevens SM, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Diagnosis of DVT: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e351S–e418S.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST Guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest 2016; 149:315–352.
- PIOPED Investigators. Value of the ventilation/perfusion scan in acute pulmonary embolism. Results of the prospective investigation of pulmonary embolism diagnosis (PIOPED). JAMA 1990; 263:2753–2759.
- Anderson DR, Kahn SR, Rodger MA, et al. Computed tomographic pulmonary angiography vs ventilation-perfusion lung scanning in patients with suspected pulmonary embolism: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007; 298:2743–2753.
- Carrier M. Cancer screening in unprovoked venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:2475.
- American Society of Hematology. Don’t test for thrombophilia in adult patients with venous thromboembolism (VTE) occurring in the setting of major transient risk factors (surgery, trauma or prolonged immobility). www.choosingwisely.org/clinician-lists/american-society-hematology-testing-for-thrombophilia-in-adults/. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Cushman M. Thrombophilia testing in women with venous thrombosis: the 4 Ps approach. Clin Chem 2014; 60:134–137.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, Veenstra DL, Prabulos AM, Vandvik PO; American College of Chest Physicians. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl): e691S–e736S.
- Ritchie G, McGurk S, McCreath C, Graham C, Murchison JT. Prospective evaluation of unsuspected pulmonary embolism on contrast enhanced multidetector CT (MDCT) scanning. Thorax 2007; 62:536–540.
- Moll S. Thrombophilia: clinical-practical aspects. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2015; 39:367–378.
- Prandoni P, Noventa F, Ghirarduzzi A, et al. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism after discontinuing anticoagulation in patients with acute proximal deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. A prospective cohort study in 1,626 patients. Haematologica 2007; 92:199–205.
- Boutitie F, Pinede L, Schulman S, et al. Influence of preceding length of anticoagulant treatment and initial presentation of venous thromboembolism on risk of recurrence after stopping treatment: analysis of individual participants’ data from seven trials. BMJ 2011; 342:d3036.
- Kearon C, Julian JA, Kovacs MJ, et al; ELATE Investigators. Influence of thrombophilia on risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism while on warfarin: results from a randomized trial. Blood 2008; 112:4432–4436.
- Lijfering WM, Middeldorp S, Veeger NJ, et al. Risk of recurrent venous thrombosis in homozygous carriers and double heterozygous carriers of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A. Circulation 2010; 121:1706–1712.
- Hron G, Eichinger S, Weltermann A, et al. Family history for venous thromboembolism and the risk for recurrence. Am J Med 2006; 119:50–53.
- Christiansen SC, Cannegieter SC, Koster T, Vandenbroucke JP, Rosendaal FR. Thrombophilia, clinical factors, and recurrent venous thrombotic events. JAMA 2005; 293:2352–2361.
- Lijfering WM. Selective testing for thrombophilia in patients with first venous thrombosis: results from a retrospective family cohort study on absolute thrombotic risk for currently known thrombophilic defects in 2479 relatives. Blood 2009; 113:5314–5322.
- Segal JB. Predictive value of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A in adults with venous thromboembolism and in family members of those with a mutation. JAMA 2009; 301:2472–2485.
- Juul K. Factor V Leiden and the risk for venous thromboembolism in the adult Danish population. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140: 330–337.
- Emmerich J. Combined effect of factor V Leiden and prothrombin 20210A on the risk of venous thromboembolism: pooled analysis of 8 case-control studies including 2310 cases and 3204 controls. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86: 809–816.
- Garcia D. Antiphospholipid antibodies and the risk of recurrence after a first episode of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. Blood 2013; 122:817–824.
- Gosselin R, Adcock DM. The laboratory’s 2015 perspective on direct oral anticoagulant testing. J Thromb Haemost 2016; 14:886–893.
- Marlar RA, Gausman JN. Protein S abnormalities: a diagnostic nightmare. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:418–421.
- Bezemer ID, van der Meer FJ, Eikenboom JC, Rosendaal FR, Doggen CJ. The value of family history as a risk indicator for venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169:610–615.
- Middeldorp S. Evidence-based approach to thrombophilia testing. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2011; 31:275–281.
- Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al, for the REVERSE II Study Investigators. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ 2017; 356:j1065.
- Tosetto A, Iorio A, Marcucci M, et al. Predicting disease recurrence in patients with previous unprovoked venous thromboembolism: a proposed prediction score (DASH). J Thromb Haemost 2012; 10:1019–1025.
- Eichinger S, Heinze G, Jandeck LM, Kyrle PA. Risk assessment of recurrence in patients with unprovoked deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism: the Vienna prediction model. Circulation 2010; 121:1630–1636.
- Rodger MA, Kahn SR, Wells PS, et al. Identifying unprovoked thromboembolism patients at low risk for recurrence who can discontinue anticoagulant therapy. CMAJ 2008; 179:417–426.
- National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Venous thromboembolic diseases: diagnosis, management and thrombophilia testing. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg144. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Heit JA. The epidemiology of venous thromboembolism in the community. Arterioscler Thromb Vasc Biol 2008; 28:370–372.
- Deitelzweig SB, Johnson BH, Lin J, Schulman KL. Prevalence of clinical venous thromboembolism in the USA: current trends and future projections. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:217–220.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Comerota AJ, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e419S–e494S.
- Pengo V, Lensing AW, Prins MH, et al; Thromboembolic Pulmonary Hypertension Study Group. Incidence of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension after pulmonary embolism. N Engl J Med 2004; 350:2257–2264.
- Kahn SR, Hirsch A, Shrier I. Effect of postthrombotic syndrome on health-related quality of life after deep venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2002; 162:1144–1148.
- Wells PS, Owen C, Doucette S, Fergusson D, Tran H. Does this patient have deep vein thrombosis? JAMA 2006; 295:199–207.
- Ljungqvist M, Söderberg M, Moritz P, Ahlgren A, Lärfars G. Evaluation of Wells score and repeated D-dimer in diagnosing venous thromboembolism. Eur J Intern Med 2008; 19:285–288.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Excluding pulmonary embolism at the bedside without diagnostic imaging: management of patients with suspected pulmonary embolism presenting to the emergency department by using a simple clinical model and D-dimer. Ann Intern Med 2001; 135:98–107.
- Silveira PC, Ip IK, Goldhaber SZ, Piazza G, Benson CB, Khorasani R. Performance of Wells score for deep vein thrombosis in the inpatient setting. JAMA Intern Med 2015; 175:1112–1117.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Bormanis J, et al. Value of assessment of pretest probability of deep-vein thrombosis in clinical management. Lancet 1997; 350:1795–1798.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Evaluation of D-dimer in the diagnosis of suspected deep-vein thrombosis. N Engl J Med 2003; 349:1227–1235.
- van Belle A, Büller HR, Huisman MV, et al. Effectiveness of managing suspected pulmonary embolism using an algorithm combining clinical probability, D-dimer testing, and computed tomography. JAMA 2006; 295:172–179.
- Wells PS, Anderson DR, Rodger M, et al. Derivation of a simple clinical model to categorize patients probability of pulmonary embolism: increasing the models utility with the SimpliRED D-dimer. Thromb Haemos 2000; 83:416–420.
- Schrecengost JE, LeGallo RD, Boyd JC, et al. Comparison of diagnostic accuracies in outpatients and hospitalized patients of D-dimer testing for the evaluation of suspected pulmonary embolism. Clin Chem 2003; 49:1483–1490.
- Righini M, Van Es J, Den Exter PL, et al. Age-adjusted D-dimer cutoff levels to rule out pulmonary embolism: the ADJUST-PE study. JAMA 2014; 311:1117–1124.
- Pulivarthi S, Gurram MK. Effectiveness of D-dimer as a screening test for venous thromboembolism: an update. N Am J Med Sci 2014; 6:491–499.
- Söhne M, Ten Wolde M, Boomsma F, Reitsma JB, Douketis JD, Büller HR. Brain natriuretic peptide in hemodynamically stable acute pulmonary embolism. J Thromb Haemost 2006; 4:552–556.
- Stein PD, Goldhaber SZ, Henry JW, Miller AC. Arterial blood gas analysis in the assessment of suspected acute pulmonary embolism. Chest 1996; 109:78–81.
- Bates SM, Jaeschke R, Stevens SM, et al; American College of Chest Physicians. Diagnosis of DVT: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl):e351S–e418S.
- Kearon C, Akl EA, Ornelas J, et al. Antithrombotic therapy for VTE disease: CHEST Guideline and Expert Panel Report. Chest 2016; 149:315–352.
- PIOPED Investigators. Value of the ventilation/perfusion scan in acute pulmonary embolism. Results of the prospective investigation of pulmonary embolism diagnosis (PIOPED). JAMA 1990; 263:2753–2759.
- Anderson DR, Kahn SR, Rodger MA, et al. Computed tomographic pulmonary angiography vs ventilation-perfusion lung scanning in patients with suspected pulmonary embolism: a randomized controlled trial. JAMA 2007; 298:2743–2753.
- Carrier M. Cancer screening in unprovoked venous thromboembolism. N Engl J Med 2015; 373:2475.
- American Society of Hematology. Don’t test for thrombophilia in adult patients with venous thromboembolism (VTE) occurring in the setting of major transient risk factors (surgery, trauma or prolonged immobility). www.choosingwisely.org/clinician-lists/american-society-hematology-testing-for-thrombophilia-in-adults/. Accessed June 13, 2017.
- Cushman M. Thrombophilia testing in women with venous thrombosis: the 4 Ps approach. Clin Chem 2014; 60:134–137.
- Bates SM, Greer IA, Middeldorp S, Veenstra DL, Prabulos AM, Vandvik PO; American College of Chest Physicians. VTE, thrombophilia, antithrombotic therapy, and pregnancy: Antithrombotic Therapy and Prevention of Thrombosis, 9th ed: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines. Chest 2012; 141(suppl): e691S–e736S.
- Ritchie G, McGurk S, McCreath C, Graham C, Murchison JT. Prospective evaluation of unsuspected pulmonary embolism on contrast enhanced multidetector CT (MDCT) scanning. Thorax 2007; 62:536–540.
- Moll S. Thrombophilia: clinical-practical aspects. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2015; 39:367–378.
- Prandoni P, Noventa F, Ghirarduzzi A, et al. The risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism after discontinuing anticoagulation in patients with acute proximal deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism. A prospective cohort study in 1,626 patients. Haematologica 2007; 92:199–205.
- Boutitie F, Pinede L, Schulman S, et al. Influence of preceding length of anticoagulant treatment and initial presentation of venous thromboembolism on risk of recurrence after stopping treatment: analysis of individual participants’ data from seven trials. BMJ 2011; 342:d3036.
- Kearon C, Julian JA, Kovacs MJ, et al; ELATE Investigators. Influence of thrombophilia on risk of recurrent venous thromboembolism while on warfarin: results from a randomized trial. Blood 2008; 112:4432–4436.
- Lijfering WM, Middeldorp S, Veeger NJ, et al. Risk of recurrent venous thrombosis in homozygous carriers and double heterozygous carriers of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A. Circulation 2010; 121:1706–1712.
- Hron G, Eichinger S, Weltermann A, et al. Family history for venous thromboembolism and the risk for recurrence. Am J Med 2006; 119:50–53.
- Christiansen SC, Cannegieter SC, Koster T, Vandenbroucke JP, Rosendaal FR. Thrombophilia, clinical factors, and recurrent venous thrombotic events. JAMA 2005; 293:2352–2361.
- Lijfering WM. Selective testing for thrombophilia in patients with first venous thrombosis: results from a retrospective family cohort study on absolute thrombotic risk for currently known thrombophilic defects in 2479 relatives. Blood 2009; 113:5314–5322.
- Segal JB. Predictive value of factor V Leiden and prothrombin G20210A in adults with venous thromboembolism and in family members of those with a mutation. JAMA 2009; 301:2472–2485.
- Juul K. Factor V Leiden and the risk for venous thromboembolism in the adult Danish population. Ann Intern Med 2004; 140: 330–337.
- Emmerich J. Combined effect of factor V Leiden and prothrombin 20210A on the risk of venous thromboembolism: pooled analysis of 8 case-control studies including 2310 cases and 3204 controls. Thromb Haemost 2001; 86: 809–816.
- Garcia D. Antiphospholipid antibodies and the risk of recurrence after a first episode of venous thromboembolism: a systematic review. Blood 2013; 122:817–824.
- Gosselin R, Adcock DM. The laboratory’s 2015 perspective on direct oral anticoagulant testing. J Thromb Haemost 2016; 14:886–893.
- Marlar RA, Gausman JN. Protein S abnormalities: a diagnostic nightmare. Am J Hematol 2011; 86:418–421.
- Bezemer ID, van der Meer FJ, Eikenboom JC, Rosendaal FR, Doggen CJ. The value of family history as a risk indicator for venous thrombosis. Arch Intern Med 2009; 169:610–615.
- Middeldorp S. Evidence-based approach to thrombophilia testing. J Thromb Thrombolysis 2011; 31:275–281.
- Rodger MA, Le Gal G, Anderson DR, et al, for the REVERSE II Study Investigators. Validating the HERDOO2 rule to guide treatment duration for women with unprovoked venous thrombosis: multinational prospective cohort management study. BMJ 2017; 356:j1065.
- Tosetto A, Iorio A, Marcucci M, et al. Predicting disease recurrence in patients with previous unprovoked venous thromboembolism: a proposed prediction score (DASH). J Thromb Haemost 2012; 10:1019–1025.
- Eichinger S, Heinze G, Jandeck LM, Kyrle PA. Risk assessment of recurrence in patients with unprovoked deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism: the Vienna prediction model. Circulation 2010; 121:1630–1636.
- Rodger MA, Kahn SR, Wells PS, et al. Identifying unprovoked thromboembolism patients at low risk for recurrence who can discontinue anticoagulant therapy. CMAJ 2008; 179:417–426.
KEY POINTS
- A pretest clinical prediction tool such as the Wells score can help in deciding whether a patient with suspected venous thromboembolism warrants further workup.
- A clinical prediction tool should be used in concert with additional laboratory testing (eg, D-dimer) and imaging in patients at risk.
- In many cases, screening for thrombophilia to determine the cause of a venous thromboembolic event may be unwarranted.
- Testing for thrombophilia should be based on whether a venous thromboembolic event was provoked or unprovoked.
Secondary syphilis
Results of laboratory testing included a positive reactive syphilis immunoglobulin G (IgG) enzyme immunoassay and a positive rapid plasma reagin (RPR) test (titer 1:256). Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) testing was negative, and serologic testing demonstrated prior immunization to hepatitis B virus. Given the clinical presentation and laboratory findings, secondary syphilis was considered the most probable diagnosis.
The patient was treated with benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units intramuscularly.
SYPHILIS: A REEMERGING CONDITION
Epidemiology
The rate of reported primary and secondary syphilis cases in the United States has risen since 2001.1 Most cases occur in men who have sex with men.1 Additional risk factors include condomless intercourse and drug use.2
Signs and symptoms of the 3 stages
Primary syphilis begins 2 to 3 weeks after inoculation of a mucosal surface.3 This stage is marked by one or more painless chancres and, in some cases, local nontender lymphadenopathy.3,4 Secondary syphilis presents 4 to 8 weeks later with systemic symptoms including rash, classically involving the palms or soles, lymphadenopathy, myalgia, fever, and weight loss.2,3 Untreated primary and secondary syphilis may progress to latent or asymptomatic disease.5
Tertiary syphilis, defined by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) as gummas or cardiovascular syphilis, occurs 15 to 30 years after an untreated exposure.4,6 Neurosyphilis can present at any stage of the disease.6
Diagnosis
The diagnosis of syphilis involves a nontreponemal test such as RPR or Venereal Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) to screen for disease, followed by a treponemal antibody test such as fluorescent treponemal antibody-absorption, Treponema pallidum particle agglutination assay, or syphilis IgG to confirm the diagnosis.5 There is no screening test for tertiary disease in patients previously diagnosed with primary or secondary syphilis, but a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) examination is recommended if neurologic or ocular manifestations are present.6
Treatment
Treatment of primary, secondary, and early latent syphilis is a single dose of 2.4 million units of benzathine penicillin G given intramuscularly.7 The treatment of late latent and tertiary syphilis is less well defined by the current literature but generally includes penicillin.7
Patients with primary and secondary syphilis undergo serologic and clinical evaluation at 6 and 12 months to be assessed for treatment failure or reinfection.6 Patients with latent disease require serologic follow-up at 6, 12, and 24 months.6 Additionally, CSF analysis should be done if baseline high titers do not fall within 12 to 24 months of treatment or if symptoms suggest syphilis.6 Patients with neurosyphilis often require CSF evaluation every 6 months.6 Follow-up for patients with tertiary syphilis is less well defined.
Patients coinfected with HIV have special needs and considerations, as outlined in the CDC’s 2015 Sexually Transmitted Diseases Treatment Guidelines.6
Sexual contacts of patients with syphilis deserve evaluation. Exposure within 90 days of a patient’s diagnosis with primary, secondary, or latent disease requires treatment regardless of the results of serologic testing.6 Persons exposed more than 90 days before diagnosis may undergo serologic testing; however, if results are not immediately available or follow-up is unlikely, the individual should be treated for early syphilis.6 If serologic testing results are negative, no treatment is required.6
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted disease surveillance. www.cdc.gov/std/stats15. Accessed May 22, 2017.
- Nyatsanza F, Tipple C. Syphilis: presentations in general medicine. Clin Med (Lond) 2016; 16:184–188.
- French P. Syphilis. BMJ 2007; 334:143–147. Erratum in: BMJ 2007; 335:0.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Appendix C1. Case definitions for nationally notifiable infectious diseases. www.cdc.gov/std/stats14/appendixc.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Syphilis—CDC fact sheet (detailed). www.cdc.gov/std/syphilis/STDFact-Syphilis-detailed.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines. Syphilis. www.cdc.gov/std/tg2015/syphilis.htm. Accessed June 15, 2016.
- Clement ME, Okeke NL, Hicks CB. Treatment of syphilis: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312:1905–1917.
Results of laboratory testing included a positive reactive syphilis immunoglobulin G (IgG) enzyme immunoassay and a positive rapid plasma reagin (RPR) test (titer 1:256). Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) testing was negative, and serologic testing demonstrated prior immunization to hepatitis B virus. Given the clinical presentation and laboratory findings, secondary syphilis was considered the most probable diagnosis.
The patient was treated with benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units intramuscularly.
SYPHILIS: A REEMERGING CONDITION
Epidemiology
The rate of reported primary and secondary syphilis cases in the United States has risen since 2001.1 Most cases occur in men who have sex with men.1 Additional risk factors include condomless intercourse and drug use.2
Signs and symptoms of the 3 stages
Primary syphilis begins 2 to 3 weeks after inoculation of a mucosal surface.3 This stage is marked by one or more painless chancres and, in some cases, local nontender lymphadenopathy.3,4 Secondary syphilis presents 4 to 8 weeks later with systemic symptoms including rash, classically involving the palms or soles, lymphadenopathy, myalgia, fever, and weight loss.2,3 Untreated primary and secondary syphilis may progress to latent or asymptomatic disease.5
Tertiary syphilis, defined by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) as gummas or cardiovascular syphilis, occurs 15 to 30 years after an untreated exposure.4,6 Neurosyphilis can present at any stage of the disease.6
Diagnosis
The diagnosis of syphilis involves a nontreponemal test such as RPR or Venereal Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) to screen for disease, followed by a treponemal antibody test such as fluorescent treponemal antibody-absorption, Treponema pallidum particle agglutination assay, or syphilis IgG to confirm the diagnosis.5 There is no screening test for tertiary disease in patients previously diagnosed with primary or secondary syphilis, but a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) examination is recommended if neurologic or ocular manifestations are present.6
Treatment
Treatment of primary, secondary, and early latent syphilis is a single dose of 2.4 million units of benzathine penicillin G given intramuscularly.7 The treatment of late latent and tertiary syphilis is less well defined by the current literature but generally includes penicillin.7
Patients with primary and secondary syphilis undergo serologic and clinical evaluation at 6 and 12 months to be assessed for treatment failure or reinfection.6 Patients with latent disease require serologic follow-up at 6, 12, and 24 months.6 Additionally, CSF analysis should be done if baseline high titers do not fall within 12 to 24 months of treatment or if symptoms suggest syphilis.6 Patients with neurosyphilis often require CSF evaluation every 6 months.6 Follow-up for patients with tertiary syphilis is less well defined.
Patients coinfected with HIV have special needs and considerations, as outlined in the CDC’s 2015 Sexually Transmitted Diseases Treatment Guidelines.6
Sexual contacts of patients with syphilis deserve evaluation. Exposure within 90 days of a patient’s diagnosis with primary, secondary, or latent disease requires treatment regardless of the results of serologic testing.6 Persons exposed more than 90 days before diagnosis may undergo serologic testing; however, if results are not immediately available or follow-up is unlikely, the individual should be treated for early syphilis.6 If serologic testing results are negative, no treatment is required.6
Results of laboratory testing included a positive reactive syphilis immunoglobulin G (IgG) enzyme immunoassay and a positive rapid plasma reagin (RPR) test (titer 1:256). Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) testing was negative, and serologic testing demonstrated prior immunization to hepatitis B virus. Given the clinical presentation and laboratory findings, secondary syphilis was considered the most probable diagnosis.
The patient was treated with benzathine penicillin G 2.4 million units intramuscularly.
SYPHILIS: A REEMERGING CONDITION
Epidemiology
The rate of reported primary and secondary syphilis cases in the United States has risen since 2001.1 Most cases occur in men who have sex with men.1 Additional risk factors include condomless intercourse and drug use.2
Signs and symptoms of the 3 stages
Primary syphilis begins 2 to 3 weeks after inoculation of a mucosal surface.3 This stage is marked by one or more painless chancres and, in some cases, local nontender lymphadenopathy.3,4 Secondary syphilis presents 4 to 8 weeks later with systemic symptoms including rash, classically involving the palms or soles, lymphadenopathy, myalgia, fever, and weight loss.2,3 Untreated primary and secondary syphilis may progress to latent or asymptomatic disease.5
Tertiary syphilis, defined by the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) as gummas or cardiovascular syphilis, occurs 15 to 30 years after an untreated exposure.4,6 Neurosyphilis can present at any stage of the disease.6
Diagnosis
The diagnosis of syphilis involves a nontreponemal test such as RPR or Venereal Disease Research Laboratory (VDRL) to screen for disease, followed by a treponemal antibody test such as fluorescent treponemal antibody-absorption, Treponema pallidum particle agglutination assay, or syphilis IgG to confirm the diagnosis.5 There is no screening test for tertiary disease in patients previously diagnosed with primary or secondary syphilis, but a cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) examination is recommended if neurologic or ocular manifestations are present.6
Treatment
Treatment of primary, secondary, and early latent syphilis is a single dose of 2.4 million units of benzathine penicillin G given intramuscularly.7 The treatment of late latent and tertiary syphilis is less well defined by the current literature but generally includes penicillin.7
Patients with primary and secondary syphilis undergo serologic and clinical evaluation at 6 and 12 months to be assessed for treatment failure or reinfection.6 Patients with latent disease require serologic follow-up at 6, 12, and 24 months.6 Additionally, CSF analysis should be done if baseline high titers do not fall within 12 to 24 months of treatment or if symptoms suggest syphilis.6 Patients with neurosyphilis often require CSF evaluation every 6 months.6 Follow-up for patients with tertiary syphilis is less well defined.
Patients coinfected with HIV have special needs and considerations, as outlined in the CDC’s 2015 Sexually Transmitted Diseases Treatment Guidelines.6
Sexual contacts of patients with syphilis deserve evaluation. Exposure within 90 days of a patient’s diagnosis with primary, secondary, or latent disease requires treatment regardless of the results of serologic testing.6 Persons exposed more than 90 days before diagnosis may undergo serologic testing; however, if results are not immediately available or follow-up is unlikely, the individual should be treated for early syphilis.6 If serologic testing results are negative, no treatment is required.6
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted disease surveillance. www.cdc.gov/std/stats15. Accessed May 22, 2017.
- Nyatsanza F, Tipple C. Syphilis: presentations in general medicine. Clin Med (Lond) 2016; 16:184–188.
- French P. Syphilis. BMJ 2007; 334:143–147. Erratum in: BMJ 2007; 335:0.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Appendix C1. Case definitions for nationally notifiable infectious diseases. www.cdc.gov/std/stats14/appendixc.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Syphilis—CDC fact sheet (detailed). www.cdc.gov/std/syphilis/STDFact-Syphilis-detailed.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines. Syphilis. www.cdc.gov/std/tg2015/syphilis.htm. Accessed June 15, 2016.
- Clement ME, Okeke NL, Hicks CB. Treatment of syphilis: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312:1905–1917.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted disease surveillance. www.cdc.gov/std/stats15. Accessed May 22, 2017.
- Nyatsanza F, Tipple C. Syphilis: presentations in general medicine. Clin Med (Lond) 2016; 16:184–188.
- French P. Syphilis. BMJ 2007; 334:143–147. Erratum in: BMJ 2007; 335:0.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Appendix C1. Case definitions for nationally notifiable infectious diseases. www.cdc.gov/std/stats14/appendixc.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Syphilis—CDC fact sheet (detailed). www.cdc.gov/std/syphilis/STDFact-Syphilis-detailed.htm. Accessed May 18, 2017.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 Sexually transmitted diseases treatment guidelines. Syphilis. www.cdc.gov/std/tg2015/syphilis.htm. Accessed June 15, 2016.
- Clement ME, Okeke NL, Hicks CB. Treatment of syphilis: a systematic review. JAMA 2014; 312:1905–1917.
Syphilis 100 years later: Another lost opportunity?
According to a report from the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on the incidence of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), “Total combined cases of chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis reported in 2015 reached the highest number ever”1 since the CDC was founded in July 1946.
Nearly 24,000 cases of primary and secondary syphilis were reported in 2015, a 19% increase from the previous year. And Dr. Jonathan Mermin, director of the CDC’s National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention, reported, “We have reached a decisive moment for the nation. STD rates are rising, and many of the country’s systems for preventing STDs have eroded. We must mobilize, rebuild, and expand services—or the human and economic burden will continue to grow.”1
Dr. Mermin stressed the need to rebuild services because, “In recent years more than half of state and local STD programs have experienced budget cuts, resulting in more than 20 health department STD clinic closures in one year alone. Fewer clinics mean reduced access to STD testing and treatment for those who need these services.”1
The CDC also reports that STD treatment costs the US healthcare system nearly $16 billion each year.
The CDC has identified several players whose engagement is necessary to stem the tide of this epidemic:
- Providers must make STD screening a standard part of medical care, especially in pregnant women, and integrate STD prevention and treatment into prenatal care and other routine visits.
- People need to talk openly about STDs, get tested regularly, and reduce risk by using condoms or practicing mutual monogamy if sexually active.
- Parents and providers need to offer young people safe, effective ways to get information and services.
- State and local health departments should continue to direct resources to people hardest hit by the STD epidemic and work with community partners to maximize their impact.1
STD CAMPAIGNS 100 YEARS AGO
This message sounds familiar. Let’s go back 100 years to World War I. The book No Magic Bullet by Allan M. Brandt2 provides fascinating details about this period in America’s battle against venereal diseases. While the book is well worth reading in its entirety, I will attempt here to summarize the pertinent facts.
In the late 1910s, antivenereal campaigns were in full swing, with publicly shown movies such as “Fit to Fight” to train soldiers about STD symptoms and prevention to keep them physically healthy for fighting in the war. Similar information was widely available stateside for both men and women in open, matter-of-fact formats to encourage STD prevention.
After the war ended, the national sentiment became split between sexual revolution and social moralism. “Social hygienists” blamed the widespread increase in promiscuity on the newly introduced sexually explicit philosophy of Sigmund Freud, the widespread availability of automobiles (ie, a mobile, private, backseat location for sex), popular “vulgar” dances, and social feminism, among many others. The sexual revolution clearly led to an increased risk of STDs. But the antivenereal campaigns that had been appropriate in wartime came to be considered amoral and unfit for public consumption, and a period of silence about venereal diseases ensued.
By the 1930s, the situation had worsened:
- Approximately 1 out of every 10 Americans suffered from syphilis.
- Each year, Americans contracted almost half a million new syphilis infections (twice as many cases as tuberculosis, and 100 times as many cases as polio).
- 18% of all deaths from organic heart disease could be attributed to syphilis.
- Up to 20% of all mental institution inmates suffered from tertiary syphilis.
- 60,000 children were born each year with congenital syphilis.2
Although penicillin was still a decade or more away from discovery, syphilis could be treated, though likely not cured, with arsenic compounds. A course of treatment from a private physician, however, could cost from $300 to $1,000. Many patients who could not pay these exorbitant prices turned to public clinics for help. However, funding for the Venereal Disease Division of the Public Health Service, originally $4 million in 1920, was cut to less than $60,000 by 1926.2 Some hospitals refused to admit patients with syphilis and other venereal diseases, deeming them “morally tainted and less deserving of care.”2
Things couldn’t get much worse.
Dr. Thomas Parran was the New York State health commissioner in 1930, at the start of the Great Depression. Realizing that arguments for moral responsibility to prevent and treat venereal diseases were not effective, Dr. Parran and other public health officials turned to financial arguments. Among the most persuasive arguments, “More than $15 million was spent annually for the ambulatory care of venereal patients…Experts argued that syphilis costs taxpayers between $40 and $50 million each year for the institutional care of the insane, paralyzed, and blind.”2 The American Medical Association calculated that “8 to 10 million workers lost 21 million working days each year at an average of $4 a day as a result of infection with these conditions.”2 The cost was estimated at more than $100,000,000 annually.2
But the general public was not a part of the larger conversation regarding treatment and prevention of syphilis, thanks to the social hygienists. In November 1934, Dr. Parran was scheduled to give a radio broadcast on future goals for public health in New York. Notified that he would not be able to mention syphilis or gonorrhea by name, he refused to give the speech. Dr. Parran went on to lead the charge to reduce the moral cloud that blocked the ability to address syphilis openly and scientifically. With his extensive experience in public health, he proposed plans that had been effective in controlling other infectious diseases as measures to control the spread of syphilis. He outlined the following:
- Identify cases of syphilis. Offer free diagnostic centers where individuals could obtain confidential blood tests.
- Offer prompt therapy for identified cases.
- Identify, locate, and test all contacts of infected patients, and treat them if they are infected too.
- Make blood testing mandatory before marriage and early in all pregnancies.
- Educate the public concerning syphilis.2
Do these approaches sound familiar?
Appointed US Surgeon General in 1936 by President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Dr. Parran published “The next great plague to go,”3 an article focusing on the medical approach to treating syphilis and other venereal diseases, while refusing to address the moral and social issues.3 This was widely acclaimed by the public and the press. Two years after he was blocked from mentioning syphilis and gonorrhea on the radio, he was pictured on the cover of Time magazine for his groundbreaking work.
With the advent of penicillin, syphilis became not only treatable but curable. Over the next decades, the number of patients infected with syphilis and the morbidity it caused continually declined until the 1990s, when there were even whispers of eradication in the United States. This likely came in part due to the AIDS epidemic and the increased public discourse on safe sex.
However, the 1990s saw a new rise in cases of syphilis. This clearly could not be blamed on the social hygienists; rather, it was likely due to apathy and a decline in public health spending. We are now in a period of rapid rise in STDs.
We have the benefit of antibiotics. We have the benefit of hindsight. What we need is to heed the call to arms of Dr. Mermin, to be inspired by the wisdom of Dr. Parran, and to act. Identify the case of syphilis, offer treatment, educate the public. Drs. Coleman, Fiahlo, and Brateanu have accomplished all of these in their article in this issue of the Journal.4
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 STD surveillance report press release. Reported STDs at unprecedented high in the US. www.cdc.gov/nchhstp/newsroom/2016/std-surveillance-report-2015-press-release.html. Accessed June 5, 2017.
- Brandt AM. No Magic Bullet. A Social History of Venereal Disease in the United States Since 1880. Cambridge, MA: Oxford University Press; 1985.
- Parran T. The next plague to go. Survey Graphic 1936.
- Coleman E, Fiahlo A, Brateanu A. Secondary syphilis. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:510–511.
According to a report from the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on the incidence of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), “Total combined cases of chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis reported in 2015 reached the highest number ever”1 since the CDC was founded in July 1946.
Nearly 24,000 cases of primary and secondary syphilis were reported in 2015, a 19% increase from the previous year. And Dr. Jonathan Mermin, director of the CDC’s National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention, reported, “We have reached a decisive moment for the nation. STD rates are rising, and many of the country’s systems for preventing STDs have eroded. We must mobilize, rebuild, and expand services—or the human and economic burden will continue to grow.”1
Dr. Mermin stressed the need to rebuild services because, “In recent years more than half of state and local STD programs have experienced budget cuts, resulting in more than 20 health department STD clinic closures in one year alone. Fewer clinics mean reduced access to STD testing and treatment for those who need these services.”1
The CDC also reports that STD treatment costs the US healthcare system nearly $16 billion each year.
The CDC has identified several players whose engagement is necessary to stem the tide of this epidemic:
- Providers must make STD screening a standard part of medical care, especially in pregnant women, and integrate STD prevention and treatment into prenatal care and other routine visits.
- People need to talk openly about STDs, get tested regularly, and reduce risk by using condoms or practicing mutual monogamy if sexually active.
- Parents and providers need to offer young people safe, effective ways to get information and services.
- State and local health departments should continue to direct resources to people hardest hit by the STD epidemic and work with community partners to maximize their impact.1
STD CAMPAIGNS 100 YEARS AGO
This message sounds familiar. Let’s go back 100 years to World War I. The book No Magic Bullet by Allan M. Brandt2 provides fascinating details about this period in America’s battle against venereal diseases. While the book is well worth reading in its entirety, I will attempt here to summarize the pertinent facts.
In the late 1910s, antivenereal campaigns were in full swing, with publicly shown movies such as “Fit to Fight” to train soldiers about STD symptoms and prevention to keep them physically healthy for fighting in the war. Similar information was widely available stateside for both men and women in open, matter-of-fact formats to encourage STD prevention.
After the war ended, the national sentiment became split between sexual revolution and social moralism. “Social hygienists” blamed the widespread increase in promiscuity on the newly introduced sexually explicit philosophy of Sigmund Freud, the widespread availability of automobiles (ie, a mobile, private, backseat location for sex), popular “vulgar” dances, and social feminism, among many others. The sexual revolution clearly led to an increased risk of STDs. But the antivenereal campaigns that had been appropriate in wartime came to be considered amoral and unfit for public consumption, and a period of silence about venereal diseases ensued.
By the 1930s, the situation had worsened:
- Approximately 1 out of every 10 Americans suffered from syphilis.
- Each year, Americans contracted almost half a million new syphilis infections (twice as many cases as tuberculosis, and 100 times as many cases as polio).
- 18% of all deaths from organic heart disease could be attributed to syphilis.
- Up to 20% of all mental institution inmates suffered from tertiary syphilis.
- 60,000 children were born each year with congenital syphilis.2
Although penicillin was still a decade or more away from discovery, syphilis could be treated, though likely not cured, with arsenic compounds. A course of treatment from a private physician, however, could cost from $300 to $1,000. Many patients who could not pay these exorbitant prices turned to public clinics for help. However, funding for the Venereal Disease Division of the Public Health Service, originally $4 million in 1920, was cut to less than $60,000 by 1926.2 Some hospitals refused to admit patients with syphilis and other venereal diseases, deeming them “morally tainted and less deserving of care.”2
Things couldn’t get much worse.
Dr. Thomas Parran was the New York State health commissioner in 1930, at the start of the Great Depression. Realizing that arguments for moral responsibility to prevent and treat venereal diseases were not effective, Dr. Parran and other public health officials turned to financial arguments. Among the most persuasive arguments, “More than $15 million was spent annually for the ambulatory care of venereal patients…Experts argued that syphilis costs taxpayers between $40 and $50 million each year for the institutional care of the insane, paralyzed, and blind.”2 The American Medical Association calculated that “8 to 10 million workers lost 21 million working days each year at an average of $4 a day as a result of infection with these conditions.”2 The cost was estimated at more than $100,000,000 annually.2
But the general public was not a part of the larger conversation regarding treatment and prevention of syphilis, thanks to the social hygienists. In November 1934, Dr. Parran was scheduled to give a radio broadcast on future goals for public health in New York. Notified that he would not be able to mention syphilis or gonorrhea by name, he refused to give the speech. Dr. Parran went on to lead the charge to reduce the moral cloud that blocked the ability to address syphilis openly and scientifically. With his extensive experience in public health, he proposed plans that had been effective in controlling other infectious diseases as measures to control the spread of syphilis. He outlined the following:
- Identify cases of syphilis. Offer free diagnostic centers where individuals could obtain confidential blood tests.
- Offer prompt therapy for identified cases.
- Identify, locate, and test all contacts of infected patients, and treat them if they are infected too.
- Make blood testing mandatory before marriage and early in all pregnancies.
- Educate the public concerning syphilis.2
Do these approaches sound familiar?
Appointed US Surgeon General in 1936 by President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Dr. Parran published “The next great plague to go,”3 an article focusing on the medical approach to treating syphilis and other venereal diseases, while refusing to address the moral and social issues.3 This was widely acclaimed by the public and the press. Two years after he was blocked from mentioning syphilis and gonorrhea on the radio, he was pictured on the cover of Time magazine for his groundbreaking work.
With the advent of penicillin, syphilis became not only treatable but curable. Over the next decades, the number of patients infected with syphilis and the morbidity it caused continually declined until the 1990s, when there were even whispers of eradication in the United States. This likely came in part due to the AIDS epidemic and the increased public discourse on safe sex.
However, the 1990s saw a new rise in cases of syphilis. This clearly could not be blamed on the social hygienists; rather, it was likely due to apathy and a decline in public health spending. We are now in a period of rapid rise in STDs.
We have the benefit of antibiotics. We have the benefit of hindsight. What we need is to heed the call to arms of Dr. Mermin, to be inspired by the wisdom of Dr. Parran, and to act. Identify the case of syphilis, offer treatment, educate the public. Drs. Coleman, Fiahlo, and Brateanu have accomplished all of these in their article in this issue of the Journal.4
According to a report from the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) on the incidence of sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), “Total combined cases of chlamydia, gonorrhea, and syphilis reported in 2015 reached the highest number ever”1 since the CDC was founded in July 1946.
Nearly 24,000 cases of primary and secondary syphilis were reported in 2015, a 19% increase from the previous year. And Dr. Jonathan Mermin, director of the CDC’s National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, STD, and TB Prevention, reported, “We have reached a decisive moment for the nation. STD rates are rising, and many of the country’s systems for preventing STDs have eroded. We must mobilize, rebuild, and expand services—or the human and economic burden will continue to grow.”1
Dr. Mermin stressed the need to rebuild services because, “In recent years more than half of state and local STD programs have experienced budget cuts, resulting in more than 20 health department STD clinic closures in one year alone. Fewer clinics mean reduced access to STD testing and treatment for those who need these services.”1
The CDC also reports that STD treatment costs the US healthcare system nearly $16 billion each year.
The CDC has identified several players whose engagement is necessary to stem the tide of this epidemic:
- Providers must make STD screening a standard part of medical care, especially in pregnant women, and integrate STD prevention and treatment into prenatal care and other routine visits.
- People need to talk openly about STDs, get tested regularly, and reduce risk by using condoms or practicing mutual monogamy if sexually active.
- Parents and providers need to offer young people safe, effective ways to get information and services.
- State and local health departments should continue to direct resources to people hardest hit by the STD epidemic and work with community partners to maximize their impact.1
STD CAMPAIGNS 100 YEARS AGO
This message sounds familiar. Let’s go back 100 years to World War I. The book No Magic Bullet by Allan M. Brandt2 provides fascinating details about this period in America’s battle against venereal diseases. While the book is well worth reading in its entirety, I will attempt here to summarize the pertinent facts.
In the late 1910s, antivenereal campaigns were in full swing, with publicly shown movies such as “Fit to Fight” to train soldiers about STD symptoms and prevention to keep them physically healthy for fighting in the war. Similar information was widely available stateside for both men and women in open, matter-of-fact formats to encourage STD prevention.
After the war ended, the national sentiment became split between sexual revolution and social moralism. “Social hygienists” blamed the widespread increase in promiscuity on the newly introduced sexually explicit philosophy of Sigmund Freud, the widespread availability of automobiles (ie, a mobile, private, backseat location for sex), popular “vulgar” dances, and social feminism, among many others. The sexual revolution clearly led to an increased risk of STDs. But the antivenereal campaigns that had been appropriate in wartime came to be considered amoral and unfit for public consumption, and a period of silence about venereal diseases ensued.
By the 1930s, the situation had worsened:
- Approximately 1 out of every 10 Americans suffered from syphilis.
- Each year, Americans contracted almost half a million new syphilis infections (twice as many cases as tuberculosis, and 100 times as many cases as polio).
- 18% of all deaths from organic heart disease could be attributed to syphilis.
- Up to 20% of all mental institution inmates suffered from tertiary syphilis.
- 60,000 children were born each year with congenital syphilis.2
Although penicillin was still a decade or more away from discovery, syphilis could be treated, though likely not cured, with arsenic compounds. A course of treatment from a private physician, however, could cost from $300 to $1,000. Many patients who could not pay these exorbitant prices turned to public clinics for help. However, funding for the Venereal Disease Division of the Public Health Service, originally $4 million in 1920, was cut to less than $60,000 by 1926.2 Some hospitals refused to admit patients with syphilis and other venereal diseases, deeming them “morally tainted and less deserving of care.”2
Things couldn’t get much worse.
Dr. Thomas Parran was the New York State health commissioner in 1930, at the start of the Great Depression. Realizing that arguments for moral responsibility to prevent and treat venereal diseases were not effective, Dr. Parran and other public health officials turned to financial arguments. Among the most persuasive arguments, “More than $15 million was spent annually for the ambulatory care of venereal patients…Experts argued that syphilis costs taxpayers between $40 and $50 million each year for the institutional care of the insane, paralyzed, and blind.”2 The American Medical Association calculated that “8 to 10 million workers lost 21 million working days each year at an average of $4 a day as a result of infection with these conditions.”2 The cost was estimated at more than $100,000,000 annually.2
But the general public was not a part of the larger conversation regarding treatment and prevention of syphilis, thanks to the social hygienists. In November 1934, Dr. Parran was scheduled to give a radio broadcast on future goals for public health in New York. Notified that he would not be able to mention syphilis or gonorrhea by name, he refused to give the speech. Dr. Parran went on to lead the charge to reduce the moral cloud that blocked the ability to address syphilis openly and scientifically. With his extensive experience in public health, he proposed plans that had been effective in controlling other infectious diseases as measures to control the spread of syphilis. He outlined the following:
- Identify cases of syphilis. Offer free diagnostic centers where individuals could obtain confidential blood tests.
- Offer prompt therapy for identified cases.
- Identify, locate, and test all contacts of infected patients, and treat them if they are infected too.
- Make blood testing mandatory before marriage and early in all pregnancies.
- Educate the public concerning syphilis.2
Do these approaches sound familiar?
Appointed US Surgeon General in 1936 by President Franklin Delano Roosevelt, Dr. Parran published “The next great plague to go,”3 an article focusing on the medical approach to treating syphilis and other venereal diseases, while refusing to address the moral and social issues.3 This was widely acclaimed by the public and the press. Two years after he was blocked from mentioning syphilis and gonorrhea on the radio, he was pictured on the cover of Time magazine for his groundbreaking work.
With the advent of penicillin, syphilis became not only treatable but curable. Over the next decades, the number of patients infected with syphilis and the morbidity it caused continually declined until the 1990s, when there were even whispers of eradication in the United States. This likely came in part due to the AIDS epidemic and the increased public discourse on safe sex.
However, the 1990s saw a new rise in cases of syphilis. This clearly could not be blamed on the social hygienists; rather, it was likely due to apathy and a decline in public health spending. We are now in a period of rapid rise in STDs.
We have the benefit of antibiotics. We have the benefit of hindsight. What we need is to heed the call to arms of Dr. Mermin, to be inspired by the wisdom of Dr. Parran, and to act. Identify the case of syphilis, offer treatment, educate the public. Drs. Coleman, Fiahlo, and Brateanu have accomplished all of these in their article in this issue of the Journal.4
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 STD surveillance report press release. Reported STDs at unprecedented high in the US. www.cdc.gov/nchhstp/newsroom/2016/std-surveillance-report-2015-press-release.html. Accessed June 5, 2017.
- Brandt AM. No Magic Bullet. A Social History of Venereal Disease in the United States Since 1880. Cambridge, MA: Oxford University Press; 1985.
- Parran T. The next plague to go. Survey Graphic 1936.
- Coleman E, Fiahlo A, Brateanu A. Secondary syphilis. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:510–511.
- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). 2015 STD surveillance report press release. Reported STDs at unprecedented high in the US. www.cdc.gov/nchhstp/newsroom/2016/std-surveillance-report-2015-press-release.html. Accessed June 5, 2017.
- Brandt AM. No Magic Bullet. A Social History of Venereal Disease in the United States Since 1880. Cambridge, MA: Oxford University Press; 1985.
- Parran T. The next plague to go. Survey Graphic 1936.
- Coleman E, Fiahlo A, Brateanu A. Secondary syphilis. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:510–511.
Patients with challenging behaviors: Communication strategies
From time to time, all physicians encounter patients whose behavior evokes negative emotions. In 1978, in an article titled “Taking care of the hateful patient,”1 Groves detailed 4 types of patients—“dependent clingers, entitled demanders, manipulative help-rejecters, and self-destructive deniers”1—that even the most seasoned physicians dread, and provided suggestions for managing interactions with them. The topic was revisited and updated in 2006 by Strous et al.2
Now, more than 10 years later, the challenge of how to interact with difficult patients is more relevant than ever. A cultural environment in which every patient can become an “expert” via the Internet has added new challenges. Patients who are especially time-consuming and emotionally draining exacerbate the many other pressures physicians face today (eg, increased paperwork, cost-consciousness, shortened appointment times, and the move to electronic medical records), contributing to physician burnout.
This article further updates the topic of managing challenging patients to reflect the current practice climate. We provide a more modern view of challenging patients and provide guidance on handling them. Although it may be tempting to diagnose some of these patients as having a personality disorder, it can often be more helpful to recognize patterns of behavior and have a clear plan for management. We also discuss general coping strategies for avoiding physician burnout.
INTERNET-SEEKING, QUESTIONING
A 45-year-old man carries in an overstuffed briefcase for his first primary care visit. He is a medical editor for a national journal and recently worked on a case study involving a rare cancer. As he edited, he recognized that he had the same symptoms and diagnosed himself with the same disease. He has brought with him a sheaf of articles he found on the Internet detailing clinical trials for experimental treatments. When the doctor begins to ask questions, he says the answers are irrelevant: he explains that he would have gone straight to an oncologist, but his insurance policy requires that he also have a primary care physician. He now expects the doctor to order magnetic resonance imaging, refer him to an oncologist, and support his request for the treatment he has identified as best.
The Internet: A blessing and a curse
Patients now have access to enormous amounts of information of variable accuracy. As in this case, patients may come to an appointment carrying early research studies that the physician has not yet reviewed. Others get their information from patient blogs that frequently offer opinions without evidence. Often, based on an advertisement or Internet reading, a patient requests a particular medication or test that may not be cost-effective or medically justified.
In a survey more than 10 years ago, more than 75% of physicians reported that they had patients who brought in information from online sources.3 Hu et al4 reported that 70% of patients who had online information planned to discuss it with their physicians. This practice is only growing, including in older patients.5
Physicians may feel confused and frustrated by patients who come armed with information. They may infer that patients do not trust them to diagnose correctly or treat optimally. In addition, discussing such information takes time, causing others on the schedule to wait, adding to the stress of coping with over-booked appointments.
Why so overprepared?
Patients who have or fear that they have cancer may be particularly worried that an important treatment will be overlooked.6 Since they feel that their life is hanging in the balance, their search for a definitive cure is understandable.
Internet-seeking, intensely questioning patients clearly want more information about the treatments they are receiving, alternative medical or procedural options, and complementary therapies.7 The response to their desire for more information affects their impression of physician empathy.8
Adapting to a more informed patient
Approaching these patients as an opportunity to educate may result in a more trusting patient and one more likely to be open to physician guidance and more likely to adhere to an advised treatment plan. Triangulation of the 3 actors—the physician, the patient, and the Web—can help patients to make more-informed choices and foster an attitude of partnership with the physician to lead them to optimal healthcare.
In a review of the impact of Internet use on healthcare and the physician-patient relationship, Wald et al9 urged physicians to:
- Adopt a positive attitude toward discussing Internet contributions
- Encourage patients to take an active role in maintaining health
- Acknowledge patient concerns and fears
- Avoid becoming defensive
- Recommend credible Internet sources.
Laing et al10 urged physicians to recognize rather than deny the effects of patients’ online searching for information and support, and not to ignore the potential impact on treatment. Consumers are gaining autonomy and self-efficacy, and Laing et al encouraged healthcare providers to develop ways to incorporate this new reality into the services they provide.10
How Web-based interaction can assist in patient decision-making for colorectal cancer screening is being explored.11 Patients at home can use an online tool to learn about screening choices and would be more knowledgable and comfortable discussing the options with their care provider. The hope is to build in an automatic reminder for the clinician, who would better understand the patient’s preference before the office visit.
One approach to our patient is to say, “I can see how worried you are about having the same type of cancer you read about, and I want to help you. It is clear to me that you know a lot about healthcare, and I appreciate your engagement in your health. How about starting over? Let me ask a few questions so I can get a better perspective on your symptoms?” Many times, this strategy can help patients reframe their view and accept help.
DEMANDING, LITIGATION-THREATENING
A 60-year-old lawyer is admitted to the hospital for evaluation of abdominal pain. His physician recommends placing a nasogastric tube to provide nutrition while the evaluation is completed. His wife, a former nurse practitioner, insists that a nasogastric tube would be too dangerous and demands that he be allowed to eat instead. The couple declares the primary internal medicine physician incompetent, does not want any residents to be involved in his care, and antagonizes the nurses with constant demands. Soon, the entire team avoids the patient’s room.
Why so hostile?
People with demanding behavior often have a hostile and confrontational manner. They may use medical jargon and appear to believe that they know more than their healthcare team. Many demand to know why they have not been offered a particular test, diagnosis, or treatment, especially if they or a family member has a healthcare background. Such patients appear to feel that they are being treated incorrectly and leave us feeling vulnerable, wondering whether the patient might one day come back to haunt us with a lawsuit, especially if the medical outcome is unfavorable.
Understanding the motivation for the behavior can help a physician to empathize with the demanding patient.12 Although it may seem that the demanding patient is trying to intimidate the physician, the goal is usually the same: to find the best possible treatment. Anger and hostility are often motivated by fear and a sense of losing control.
Ironically, this maladaptive coping style may alienate the very people who can help the patient. Hostile behavior evokes defensiveness and resentment in others. A power struggle may ensue: as the patient makes more unreasonable demands and threats, the physician reacts by asserting his or her views in an attempt to maintain control. Or the physician and the rest of the healthcare team may simply avoid the patient as much as possible.
Collaboration can defuse anger
The best strategy is often to steer the encounter away from a power struggle by legitimizing the patient’s feeling of entitlement to the best possible treatment.13 Take a collaborative stance with the patient, with the common goal of finding and implementing the most effective and lowest-risk diagnostic and treatment plan. Empathy and exploration of the patient’s concerns are always in order.
Physicians can try several strategies to improve interactions with demanding patients and caregivers:
Be consistent. All members of the healthcare team, including nurses and specialists, should convey consistent messages regarding diagnostic testing and treatment plans.
Don’t play the game. Demanding patients often complain about being mistreated by other healthcare providers. When confronted with such complaints, acknowledge the patient’s feelings while refraining from blaming or criticizing other members of the healthcare team.
Clarify expectations. Clarifying expectations from the initial patient encounter can prevent conflicts later. Support a patient who must accept a diagnosis of a terminal illness, and then when appropriate, discuss goals moving forward. Collaboration within the framework of reasonable expectations is key.
For our case, the physician could say, “We want to work with you together as a team. We will work hard to address your concerns, but our nurses must have a safe environment in which to help you.” Such a statement highlights shared goals and expression of concern without judgment. The next step is to clarify expectations by describing the hospital routine and how decisions are made.
Offer choices. Offering choices whenever possible can help a demanding patient feel more in control. Rather than dismiss a patient’s ideas, explore the alternatives. While effective patient communication is preferable to repeated referrals to specialists,14 judicious referral can engender trust in the physician’s competence if a diagnosis is not forthcoming.15
A unique challenge in teaching hospitals is the patient who refuses to interact with residents and students. It is best to acknowledge the patient’s concerns and offer alternative options:
- If the patient is worried about lack of completed training, then clarify the residents’ roles and reassure the patient that you communicate with residents and supervisors regarding any clinical decisions
- If possible, offer to see the patient alone or have the resident interact only on an as-needed basis
- Consider transferring the patient to a nonteaching service or to another hospital.
Admit failings. Although not easy, admitting to and apologizing for things that have gone wrong can help to calm a demanding patient and even reduce the likelihood of a lawsuit.16 The physician should not convey defensiveness and instead should acknowledge the limitations of the healthcare system.
Legitimize concerns—to an extent. Legitimizing a demanding patient’s concerns is important, but never be bullied into taking actions that create unnecessary risk. Upsetting a demanding patient is better than ordering tests or providing treatments that are potentially harmful. Good physician-patient communication can go a long way toward preventing adverse outcomes.
CONSTANTLY SEEKING REASSURANCE
A 25-year-old professional presents to a new primary care provider concerned about a mole on her back. She discusses her sun exposure and family history of skin cancer and produces photographs documenting changes in the mole over time. Impressed with this level of detail, the physician takes time to explain his concerns before referring her to a dermatologist. Later that day, she calls to let the doctor know that her procedure has been scheduled and to thank him for his care. A few weeks after the mole is removed, she returns to discuss treatment options for the small remaining scar.
After this appointment, she calls the office repeatedly with a wide array of concerns, including an isolated symptom of fatigue that could indicate cancer and the relative merits of different sunscreens. She also sends the physician frequent e-mail messages through the personal health record system with pictures of inconsequential marks on her skin.
Needing reassurance is normal—to a point
Many patients seek reassurance from their physicians, and this can be done in a healthy and respectful manner. But requests for reassurance may escalate to becoming repeated, insistent, and even aggressive.1 This can elicit reactions from physicians ranging from feeling annoyed and burdened to feeling angry and overwhelmed.17 This can lead to significant stress, which, if not managed well, can lead to excessively control of physician behavior and substandard care.18
Reassurance-seeking behavior can manifest anywhere along the spectrum of health and disease.19 It may be a symptom of health anxiety (ie, an exaggerated fear of illness) or hypochondria (ie, the persistent conviction that one is currently or likely to become ill).20,21
Why so needy?
Attachment theory may help explain neediness. Parental bonding during childhood is associated with mental and physical health and health-related behaviors in adults.22,23 People with insecure-preoccupied attachment styles tend to be overly emotionally dependent on the acceptance of others and may exhibit dependent and care-seeking behaviors with a physician.24
Needy patients are often genuinely grateful for the care and attention from a physician.1 In the beginning, the doctor may appreciate the patient’s validation of care provided, but this positive feeling wanes as calls and requests become incessant. As the physician’s exhaustion increases with each request, the care and well-being of the patient may no longer be the primary focus.1
Set boundaries
Be alert to signs that a patient is crossing the line to an unhealthy need for reassurance. Address medical concerns appropriately, then institute clear guidelines for follow-up, which should be reinforced by the entire care team if necessary.22
The following strategies can be useful for defining boundaries:
- Instruct the patient to come to the office only for scheduled follow-up visits and to call only during office hours or in an emergency
- Be up-front about the time allowed for each appointment and ask the patient to help focus the discussion according to his or her main concerns25
- Consider telling the patient, “You seem really worried about a lot of physical symptoms. I want to reassure you that I find no evidence of a medical illness that would require intervention. I am concerned about your phone calls and e-mails, and I wonder what would be helpful at this point to address your concerns?”
- Consider treating the patient for anxiety.
It is important to remain responsive to all types of patient concerns. Setting boundaries will guide patients to express health concerns in an appropriate manner so that they can be heard and managed.18,19
SELF-INJURY
A 22-year-old woman presents to the emergency department complaining of abdominal pain. After a full workup, the physician clears her medically and orders a few laboratory tests. As the nurse draws blood samples, she notices multiple fresh cuts on the patient’s arm and informs the physician. The patient is questioned and examined again and acknowledges occasional thoughts of self-harm.
Her parents arrive and appear appropriately concerned. They report that she has been “cutting” for 4 years and is regularly seeing a therapist. However, they say that they are not worried for her safety and that she has an appointment with her therapist this week. Based on this, the emergency department physician discharges her.
Two weeks later, the patient returns to the emergency department with continued cutting and apparent cellulitis, prompting medical admission.
Self-injury presents in many ways
Self-injurious behaviors come in many forms other than the easily recognized one presented in this case: eg, a patient with cirrhosis who continues to drink, a patient with severe epilepsy who forgets to take medications and lands in the emergency department every week for status epilepticus, a patient with diabetes who eats a high-sugar diet, a patient with renal insufficiency who ignores water restrictions, or a patient with an organ transplant who misses medications and relapses.
There is an important psychological difference between patients who knowingly continue to challenge their luck and those who do not fully understand the severity of their condition and the consequences of their actions. The patient who simply does not “get it” can sometimes be managed effectively with education and by working with family members to create an environment to facilitate critical healthy behaviors.
Patients who willfully self-inflict injury are asking for help while doing everything to avoid being helped. They typically come to the office or the emergency department with assorted complaints, not divulging the real reason for their visit until the last minute as they are leaving. Then they drop a clue to the real concern, leaving the physician confused and frustrated.
Why deny an obvious problem?
Fear of the stigma of mental illness can be a major barrier to full disclosure of symptoms of psychological distress, and this especially tends to be the case for patients from some ethnic minorities.26
On the other hand, patients with borderline or antisocial personality disorder (and less often, schizotypal or narcissistic personality disorder) frequently use denial as their primary psychological defense. Self-destructive denial is sometimes associated with traumatic memories, feelings of worthlessness, or a desire to reduce self-awareness and rationalize harmful behaviors. Such patients usually need lengthy treatment, and although the likelihood of cure is low, therapy can be helpful.27–29
Lessons from psychiatry
It can be difficult to maintain empathy for patients who intentionally harm themselves. It is helpful to think of these patients as having a terminal illness and to recognize that they are suffering.
Different interventions have been studied for such patients. Dialectical behavior therapy, an approach that teaches patients better coping skills for regulating emotions, can help reduce maladaptive emotional distress and self-destructive behaviors.30–32 Lessons from this approach can be applied by general practitioners:
- Engage the patient and together establish an effective crisis management plan
- With patient permission, involve the family in the treatment plan
- Set clear limits about self-harm: once the patient values interaction with the doctor, he or she will be less likely to break the agreement.
Patients with severe or continuing issues can be referred to appropriate services that offer dialectical behavior therapy or other intensive outpatient programs.
To handle our patient, one might start by saying, “I am sorry to see you back in the ER. We need to treat the cellulitis and get your outpatient behavioral team on board, so we know the plan.” Then, it is critical that the entire team keep to that plan.
HOW TO STAY IN CONTROL AND IMPROVE INTERACTIONS
Patients with challenging behaviors will always be part of medical practice. Physicians should be aware of their reactions and feelings towards a patient (known in psychiatry as countertransference), as they can increase physician stress and interfere with providing optimal care. Finding effective ways to work with difficult patients will avoid these outcomes.
Physicians also feel loss of control
Most physicians are resilient, but they can feel overwhelmed under certain circumstances. According to Scudder and Shanafelt,33 a physician’s sense of well-being is influenced by several factors, including feelings of control in the workplace. It is easy to imagine how one or more difficult patients can create a sense of overwhelming demand and loss of control.
These tips can help maintain a sense of control and improve interactions with patients:
Have a plan for effective communication. Not having a plan for communicating in a difficult situation can contribute to loss of control in a hectic schedule that is already stretched to its limits. Practicing responses with a colleague for especially difficult patients or using a team approach can be helpful. Remaining compassionate while setting boundaries will result in the best outcome for the patient and physician.
Stop to analyze the situation. One of the tenets of cognitive-behavioral therapy is recognizing that negative thoughts can quickly take us down a dangerous path. Feeling angry and resentful without stopping to think and reflect on the causes can lead to the physician feeling victimized (just like many difficult patients feel).
It is important to step back and think, not just feel. While difficult patients present in different ways, all are reacting to losing control of their situation and want support. During a difficult interaction with a patient, pause to consider, “Why is he behaving this way? Is he afraid? Does he feel that no one cares?”
When a patient verbally attacks beyond what is appropriate, recognize that this is probably due less to anything the physician did than to the patient’s internal issues. Identifying the driver of a patient’s behavior makes it easier to control our own emotions.
Practice empathy. Difficult patients usually have something in their background that can help explain their inappropriate behavior, such as a lack of parental support or abuse. Being open to hearing their story facilitates an empathetic connection.
AVOIDING BURNOUT
Discuss problems
Sadly, physicians often neglect to talk with each other and with trainees about issues leading to burnout, thereby missing important opportunities for empathy, objectivity, reflection, and teaching moments.
Lessons can be gleaned from training in psychiatry, a field in which one must learn methods for working effectively in challenging situations. Dozens of scenarios are practiced using videotapes or observation through one-way mirrors. While not everyone has such opportunities, everyone can discuss issues with one another. Regularly scheduled facilitated groups devoted to discussing problems with colleagues can be enormously helpful.
Schedule quiet times
Mindfulness is an excellent way to spend a few minutes out of every 3- to 4-hour block. There are many ways to help facilitate such moments. Residents and students can be provided with a small book, Mindfulness on the Go,37 aimed for the busy person.
Deep, slow breathing can bring rapid relief to intense negative feelings. Not only does it reduce anxiety faster than medication, but it is also free, is easily taught to others, and can be done unobtrusively. A short description of the role of the blood pH in managing the locus ceruleus and vagus nerve’s balance of sympathetic and parasympathetic activity may capture the curiosity of someone who may otherwise be resistant to the exercise.
Increasingly, hospitals are developing mindfulness sessions and offering a variety of skills physicians can put into their toolbox. Lessons from cognitive-behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, imagery, and muscle relaxation can help physicians in responding to patients. Investing in communication skills training specific to challenging behaviors seen in different specialties better equips physicians with more effective strategies.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Malone M, Mathes L, Dooley J, While AE. Health information seeking and its effect on the doctor-patient digital divide. J Telemed Telecare 2005; 11(suppl1):25–28.
- Hu X, Bell RA, Kravitz RL, Orrange S. The prepared patient: information seeking of online support group members before their medical appointments. J Health Commun 2012; 17:960–978.
- Tse MM, Choi KC, Leung RS. E-health for older people: the use of technology in health promotion. Cyberpsychol Behav 2008; 11:475–479.
- Pereira JL, Koski S, Hanson J, Bruera ED, Mackey JR. Internet usage among women with breast cancer: an exploratory study. Clin Breast Cancer 2000; 1:148–153.
- Brauer JA, El Sehamy A, Metz JN, Mao JJ. Complementary and alternative and supportive care at leading cancer centers: a systematic analysis of websites. J Altern Complement Med 2010; 16:183–186.
- Smith SG, Pandit A, Rush SR, Wolf MS, Simon C. The association between patient activation and accessing online health information: results from a national survey of US adults. Health Expect 2015; 18:3262–3273.
- Wald HS, Dube CE, Anthony DC. Untangling the Web—the impact of Internet use on health care and the physician-patient relationship. Patient Educ Couns 2007; 68:218–224.
- Laing A, Hogg G, Winkelman D. Healthcare and the information revolution: re-configuring the healthcare service encounter. Health Serv Manage Res 2004; 17:188–199.
- Jimbo M, Shultz CG, Nease DE, Fetters MD, Power D, Ruffin MT 4th. Perceived barriers and facilitators of using a Web-based interactive decision aid for colorectal cancer screening in community practice settings: findings from focus groups with primary care clinicians and medical office staff. J Med Internet Res 2013; 15:e286.
- Steinmetz D, Tabenkin H. The ‘difficult patient’ as perceived by family physicians. Fam Pract 2001; 18:495–500.
- Arciniegas DB, Beresford TP. Managing difficult interactions with patients in neurology practices: a practical approach. Neurology 2010; 75(suppl 1):S39–S44.
- Gallagher TH, Lo B, Chesney M, Christensen K. How do physicians respond to patient’s requests for costly, unindicated services? J Gen Intern Med 1997; 12:663–668.
- Breen KJ, Greenberg PB. Difficult physician-patient encounters. Intern Med J 2010; 40:682–688.
- Huntington B, Kuhn N. Communication gaffes: a root cause of malpractice claims. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent) 2003; 16:157–161.
- Maunder RG, Panzer A, Viljoen M, Owen J, Human S, Hunter JJ. Physicians’ difficulty with emergency department patients is related to patients’ attachment style. Soc Sci Med 2006; 63:552–562.
- Thompson D, Ciechanowski PS. Attaching a new understanding to the patient-physician relationship in family practice. J Am Board Fam Pract 2003; 16:219–226.
- Groves M, Muskin P. Psychological responses to illness. In: Levenson JL, ed. The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Psychosomatic Medicine. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2004:68–88.
- Görgen SM, Hiller W, Witthöft M. Health anxiety, cognitive coping, and emotion regulation: a latent variable approach. Int J Behav Med 2014; 21:364–374.
- Strand J, Goulding A, Tidefors I. Attachment styles and symptoms in individuals with psychosis. Nord J Psychiatry 2015; 69:67–72.
- Hooper LM, Tomek S, Newman CR. Using attachment theory in medical settings: implications for primary care physicians. J Ment Health 2012; 21:23–37.
- Bowlby J. Attachment and loss. 1. Attachment. New York, NY: Basic Books; 1969.
- Fuertes JN, Anand P, Haggerty G, Kestenbaum M, Rosenblum GC. The physician-patient working alliance and patient psychological attachment, adherence, outcome expectations, and satisfaction in a sample of rheumatology patients. Behav Med 2015; 41:60–68.
- Frederiksen HB, Kragstrup J, Dehlholm-Lambertsen B. Attachment in the doctor-patient relationship in general practice: a qualitative study. Scand J Prim Health Care 2010; 28:185–190.
- Rastogi P, Khushalani S, Dhawan S, et al. Understanding clinician perception of common presentations in South Asians seeking mental health treatment and determining barriers and facilitators to treatment. Asian J Psychiatr 2014; 7:15–21.
- van der Kolk BA, Perry JC, Herman JL. Childhood origins of self-destructive behavior. Am J Psychiatry 1991; 148:1665–1671.
- Gacono CB, Meloy JR, Berg JL. Object relations, defensive operations, and affective states in narcissistic, borderline, and antisocial personality disorder. J Pers Assess 1992; 59:32–49.
- Perry JC, Presniak MD, Olson TR. Defense mechanisms in schizotypal, borderline, antisocial, and narcissistic personality disorders. Psychiatry 2013; 76:32–52.
- Gibson J, Booth R, Davenport J, Keogh K, Owens T. Dialectical behaviour therapy-informed skills training for deliberate self-harm: a controlled trial with 3-month follow-up data. Behav Res Ther 2014; 60:8–14.
- Fischer S, Peterson C. Dialectical behavior therapy for adolescent binge eating, purging, suicidal behavior, and non-suicidal self-injury: a pilot study. Psychotherapy (Chic). 2015; 52:78–92.
- Booth R, Keogh K, Doyle J, Owens T. Living through distress: a skills training group for reducing deliberate self-harm. Behav Cogn Psychother 2014; 42:156–165.
- Scudder L, Shanafelt TD. Two sides of the physician coin: burnout and well-being. Medscape. Feb 09, 2015. http://nbpsa.org/images/PRP/PhysicianBurnoutMedscape.pdf. Accessed June 2, 2017.
- McAbee JH, Ragel BT, McCartney S, et al. Factors associated with career satisfaction and burnout among US neurosurgeons: results of a nationwide survey. J Neurosurg 2015; 123:161–173.
- Schneider S, Kingsolver K, Rosdahl J. Can physician self-care enhance patient-centered healthcare? Qualitative findings from a physician well-being coaching program. J Fam Med 2015; 2:6.
- Simonds G, Sotile W. Building Resilience in Neurosurgical Residents: A Primer. B Wright Publishing; 2015.
- Bays JC. Mindfulness on the Go: Simple Meditation Practices You Can Do Anywhere. Boulder, CO: Shambhala Publications; 2014.
From time to time, all physicians encounter patients whose behavior evokes negative emotions. In 1978, in an article titled “Taking care of the hateful patient,”1 Groves detailed 4 types of patients—“dependent clingers, entitled demanders, manipulative help-rejecters, and self-destructive deniers”1—that even the most seasoned physicians dread, and provided suggestions for managing interactions with them. The topic was revisited and updated in 2006 by Strous et al.2
Now, more than 10 years later, the challenge of how to interact with difficult patients is more relevant than ever. A cultural environment in which every patient can become an “expert” via the Internet has added new challenges. Patients who are especially time-consuming and emotionally draining exacerbate the many other pressures physicians face today (eg, increased paperwork, cost-consciousness, shortened appointment times, and the move to electronic medical records), contributing to physician burnout.
This article further updates the topic of managing challenging patients to reflect the current practice climate. We provide a more modern view of challenging patients and provide guidance on handling them. Although it may be tempting to diagnose some of these patients as having a personality disorder, it can often be more helpful to recognize patterns of behavior and have a clear plan for management. We also discuss general coping strategies for avoiding physician burnout.
INTERNET-SEEKING, QUESTIONING
A 45-year-old man carries in an overstuffed briefcase for his first primary care visit. He is a medical editor for a national journal and recently worked on a case study involving a rare cancer. As he edited, he recognized that he had the same symptoms and diagnosed himself with the same disease. He has brought with him a sheaf of articles he found on the Internet detailing clinical trials for experimental treatments. When the doctor begins to ask questions, he says the answers are irrelevant: he explains that he would have gone straight to an oncologist, but his insurance policy requires that he also have a primary care physician. He now expects the doctor to order magnetic resonance imaging, refer him to an oncologist, and support his request for the treatment he has identified as best.
The Internet: A blessing and a curse
Patients now have access to enormous amounts of information of variable accuracy. As in this case, patients may come to an appointment carrying early research studies that the physician has not yet reviewed. Others get their information from patient blogs that frequently offer opinions without evidence. Often, based on an advertisement or Internet reading, a patient requests a particular medication or test that may not be cost-effective or medically justified.
In a survey more than 10 years ago, more than 75% of physicians reported that they had patients who brought in information from online sources.3 Hu et al4 reported that 70% of patients who had online information planned to discuss it with their physicians. This practice is only growing, including in older patients.5
Physicians may feel confused and frustrated by patients who come armed with information. They may infer that patients do not trust them to diagnose correctly or treat optimally. In addition, discussing such information takes time, causing others on the schedule to wait, adding to the stress of coping with over-booked appointments.
Why so overprepared?
Patients who have or fear that they have cancer may be particularly worried that an important treatment will be overlooked.6 Since they feel that their life is hanging in the balance, their search for a definitive cure is understandable.
Internet-seeking, intensely questioning patients clearly want more information about the treatments they are receiving, alternative medical or procedural options, and complementary therapies.7 The response to their desire for more information affects their impression of physician empathy.8
Adapting to a more informed patient
Approaching these patients as an opportunity to educate may result in a more trusting patient and one more likely to be open to physician guidance and more likely to adhere to an advised treatment plan. Triangulation of the 3 actors—the physician, the patient, and the Web—can help patients to make more-informed choices and foster an attitude of partnership with the physician to lead them to optimal healthcare.
In a review of the impact of Internet use on healthcare and the physician-patient relationship, Wald et al9 urged physicians to:
- Adopt a positive attitude toward discussing Internet contributions
- Encourage patients to take an active role in maintaining health
- Acknowledge patient concerns and fears
- Avoid becoming defensive
- Recommend credible Internet sources.
Laing et al10 urged physicians to recognize rather than deny the effects of patients’ online searching for information and support, and not to ignore the potential impact on treatment. Consumers are gaining autonomy and self-efficacy, and Laing et al encouraged healthcare providers to develop ways to incorporate this new reality into the services they provide.10
How Web-based interaction can assist in patient decision-making for colorectal cancer screening is being explored.11 Patients at home can use an online tool to learn about screening choices and would be more knowledgable and comfortable discussing the options with their care provider. The hope is to build in an automatic reminder for the clinician, who would better understand the patient’s preference before the office visit.
One approach to our patient is to say, “I can see how worried you are about having the same type of cancer you read about, and I want to help you. It is clear to me that you know a lot about healthcare, and I appreciate your engagement in your health. How about starting over? Let me ask a few questions so I can get a better perspective on your symptoms?” Many times, this strategy can help patients reframe their view and accept help.
DEMANDING, LITIGATION-THREATENING
A 60-year-old lawyer is admitted to the hospital for evaluation of abdominal pain. His physician recommends placing a nasogastric tube to provide nutrition while the evaluation is completed. His wife, a former nurse practitioner, insists that a nasogastric tube would be too dangerous and demands that he be allowed to eat instead. The couple declares the primary internal medicine physician incompetent, does not want any residents to be involved in his care, and antagonizes the nurses with constant demands. Soon, the entire team avoids the patient’s room.
Why so hostile?
People with demanding behavior often have a hostile and confrontational manner. They may use medical jargon and appear to believe that they know more than their healthcare team. Many demand to know why they have not been offered a particular test, diagnosis, or treatment, especially if they or a family member has a healthcare background. Such patients appear to feel that they are being treated incorrectly and leave us feeling vulnerable, wondering whether the patient might one day come back to haunt us with a lawsuit, especially if the medical outcome is unfavorable.
Understanding the motivation for the behavior can help a physician to empathize with the demanding patient.12 Although it may seem that the demanding patient is trying to intimidate the physician, the goal is usually the same: to find the best possible treatment. Anger and hostility are often motivated by fear and a sense of losing control.
Ironically, this maladaptive coping style may alienate the very people who can help the patient. Hostile behavior evokes defensiveness and resentment in others. A power struggle may ensue: as the patient makes more unreasonable demands and threats, the physician reacts by asserting his or her views in an attempt to maintain control. Or the physician and the rest of the healthcare team may simply avoid the patient as much as possible.
Collaboration can defuse anger
The best strategy is often to steer the encounter away from a power struggle by legitimizing the patient’s feeling of entitlement to the best possible treatment.13 Take a collaborative stance with the patient, with the common goal of finding and implementing the most effective and lowest-risk diagnostic and treatment plan. Empathy and exploration of the patient’s concerns are always in order.
Physicians can try several strategies to improve interactions with demanding patients and caregivers:
Be consistent. All members of the healthcare team, including nurses and specialists, should convey consistent messages regarding diagnostic testing and treatment plans.
Don’t play the game. Demanding patients often complain about being mistreated by other healthcare providers. When confronted with such complaints, acknowledge the patient’s feelings while refraining from blaming or criticizing other members of the healthcare team.
Clarify expectations. Clarifying expectations from the initial patient encounter can prevent conflicts later. Support a patient who must accept a diagnosis of a terminal illness, and then when appropriate, discuss goals moving forward. Collaboration within the framework of reasonable expectations is key.
For our case, the physician could say, “We want to work with you together as a team. We will work hard to address your concerns, but our nurses must have a safe environment in which to help you.” Such a statement highlights shared goals and expression of concern without judgment. The next step is to clarify expectations by describing the hospital routine and how decisions are made.
Offer choices. Offering choices whenever possible can help a demanding patient feel more in control. Rather than dismiss a patient’s ideas, explore the alternatives. While effective patient communication is preferable to repeated referrals to specialists,14 judicious referral can engender trust in the physician’s competence if a diagnosis is not forthcoming.15
A unique challenge in teaching hospitals is the patient who refuses to interact with residents and students. It is best to acknowledge the patient’s concerns and offer alternative options:
- If the patient is worried about lack of completed training, then clarify the residents’ roles and reassure the patient that you communicate with residents and supervisors regarding any clinical decisions
- If possible, offer to see the patient alone or have the resident interact only on an as-needed basis
- Consider transferring the patient to a nonteaching service or to another hospital.
Admit failings. Although not easy, admitting to and apologizing for things that have gone wrong can help to calm a demanding patient and even reduce the likelihood of a lawsuit.16 The physician should not convey defensiveness and instead should acknowledge the limitations of the healthcare system.
Legitimize concerns—to an extent. Legitimizing a demanding patient’s concerns is important, but never be bullied into taking actions that create unnecessary risk. Upsetting a demanding patient is better than ordering tests or providing treatments that are potentially harmful. Good physician-patient communication can go a long way toward preventing adverse outcomes.
CONSTANTLY SEEKING REASSURANCE
A 25-year-old professional presents to a new primary care provider concerned about a mole on her back. She discusses her sun exposure and family history of skin cancer and produces photographs documenting changes in the mole over time. Impressed with this level of detail, the physician takes time to explain his concerns before referring her to a dermatologist. Later that day, she calls to let the doctor know that her procedure has been scheduled and to thank him for his care. A few weeks after the mole is removed, she returns to discuss treatment options for the small remaining scar.
After this appointment, she calls the office repeatedly with a wide array of concerns, including an isolated symptom of fatigue that could indicate cancer and the relative merits of different sunscreens. She also sends the physician frequent e-mail messages through the personal health record system with pictures of inconsequential marks on her skin.
Needing reassurance is normal—to a point
Many patients seek reassurance from their physicians, and this can be done in a healthy and respectful manner. But requests for reassurance may escalate to becoming repeated, insistent, and even aggressive.1 This can elicit reactions from physicians ranging from feeling annoyed and burdened to feeling angry and overwhelmed.17 This can lead to significant stress, which, if not managed well, can lead to excessively control of physician behavior and substandard care.18
Reassurance-seeking behavior can manifest anywhere along the spectrum of health and disease.19 It may be a symptom of health anxiety (ie, an exaggerated fear of illness) or hypochondria (ie, the persistent conviction that one is currently or likely to become ill).20,21
Why so needy?
Attachment theory may help explain neediness. Parental bonding during childhood is associated with mental and physical health and health-related behaviors in adults.22,23 People with insecure-preoccupied attachment styles tend to be overly emotionally dependent on the acceptance of others and may exhibit dependent and care-seeking behaviors with a physician.24
Needy patients are often genuinely grateful for the care and attention from a physician.1 In the beginning, the doctor may appreciate the patient’s validation of care provided, but this positive feeling wanes as calls and requests become incessant. As the physician’s exhaustion increases with each request, the care and well-being of the patient may no longer be the primary focus.1
Set boundaries
Be alert to signs that a patient is crossing the line to an unhealthy need for reassurance. Address medical concerns appropriately, then institute clear guidelines for follow-up, which should be reinforced by the entire care team if necessary.22
The following strategies can be useful for defining boundaries:
- Instruct the patient to come to the office only for scheduled follow-up visits and to call only during office hours or in an emergency
- Be up-front about the time allowed for each appointment and ask the patient to help focus the discussion according to his or her main concerns25
- Consider telling the patient, “You seem really worried about a lot of physical symptoms. I want to reassure you that I find no evidence of a medical illness that would require intervention. I am concerned about your phone calls and e-mails, and I wonder what would be helpful at this point to address your concerns?”
- Consider treating the patient for anxiety.
It is important to remain responsive to all types of patient concerns. Setting boundaries will guide patients to express health concerns in an appropriate manner so that they can be heard and managed.18,19
SELF-INJURY
A 22-year-old woman presents to the emergency department complaining of abdominal pain. After a full workup, the physician clears her medically and orders a few laboratory tests. As the nurse draws blood samples, she notices multiple fresh cuts on the patient’s arm and informs the physician. The patient is questioned and examined again and acknowledges occasional thoughts of self-harm.
Her parents arrive and appear appropriately concerned. They report that she has been “cutting” for 4 years and is regularly seeing a therapist. However, they say that they are not worried for her safety and that she has an appointment with her therapist this week. Based on this, the emergency department physician discharges her.
Two weeks later, the patient returns to the emergency department with continued cutting and apparent cellulitis, prompting medical admission.
Self-injury presents in many ways
Self-injurious behaviors come in many forms other than the easily recognized one presented in this case: eg, a patient with cirrhosis who continues to drink, a patient with severe epilepsy who forgets to take medications and lands in the emergency department every week for status epilepticus, a patient with diabetes who eats a high-sugar diet, a patient with renal insufficiency who ignores water restrictions, or a patient with an organ transplant who misses medications and relapses.
There is an important psychological difference between patients who knowingly continue to challenge their luck and those who do not fully understand the severity of their condition and the consequences of their actions. The patient who simply does not “get it” can sometimes be managed effectively with education and by working with family members to create an environment to facilitate critical healthy behaviors.
Patients who willfully self-inflict injury are asking for help while doing everything to avoid being helped. They typically come to the office or the emergency department with assorted complaints, not divulging the real reason for their visit until the last minute as they are leaving. Then they drop a clue to the real concern, leaving the physician confused and frustrated.
Why deny an obvious problem?
Fear of the stigma of mental illness can be a major barrier to full disclosure of symptoms of psychological distress, and this especially tends to be the case for patients from some ethnic minorities.26
On the other hand, patients with borderline or antisocial personality disorder (and less often, schizotypal or narcissistic personality disorder) frequently use denial as their primary psychological defense. Self-destructive denial is sometimes associated with traumatic memories, feelings of worthlessness, or a desire to reduce self-awareness and rationalize harmful behaviors. Such patients usually need lengthy treatment, and although the likelihood of cure is low, therapy can be helpful.27–29
Lessons from psychiatry
It can be difficult to maintain empathy for patients who intentionally harm themselves. It is helpful to think of these patients as having a terminal illness and to recognize that they are suffering.
Different interventions have been studied for such patients. Dialectical behavior therapy, an approach that teaches patients better coping skills for regulating emotions, can help reduce maladaptive emotional distress and self-destructive behaviors.30–32 Lessons from this approach can be applied by general practitioners:
- Engage the patient and together establish an effective crisis management plan
- With patient permission, involve the family in the treatment plan
- Set clear limits about self-harm: once the patient values interaction with the doctor, he or she will be less likely to break the agreement.
Patients with severe or continuing issues can be referred to appropriate services that offer dialectical behavior therapy or other intensive outpatient programs.
To handle our patient, one might start by saying, “I am sorry to see you back in the ER. We need to treat the cellulitis and get your outpatient behavioral team on board, so we know the plan.” Then, it is critical that the entire team keep to that plan.
HOW TO STAY IN CONTROL AND IMPROVE INTERACTIONS
Patients with challenging behaviors will always be part of medical practice. Physicians should be aware of their reactions and feelings towards a patient (known in psychiatry as countertransference), as they can increase physician stress and interfere with providing optimal care. Finding effective ways to work with difficult patients will avoid these outcomes.
Physicians also feel loss of control
Most physicians are resilient, but they can feel overwhelmed under certain circumstances. According to Scudder and Shanafelt,33 a physician’s sense of well-being is influenced by several factors, including feelings of control in the workplace. It is easy to imagine how one or more difficult patients can create a sense of overwhelming demand and loss of control.
These tips can help maintain a sense of control and improve interactions with patients:
Have a plan for effective communication. Not having a plan for communicating in a difficult situation can contribute to loss of control in a hectic schedule that is already stretched to its limits. Practicing responses with a colleague for especially difficult patients or using a team approach can be helpful. Remaining compassionate while setting boundaries will result in the best outcome for the patient and physician.
Stop to analyze the situation. One of the tenets of cognitive-behavioral therapy is recognizing that negative thoughts can quickly take us down a dangerous path. Feeling angry and resentful without stopping to think and reflect on the causes can lead to the physician feeling victimized (just like many difficult patients feel).
It is important to step back and think, not just feel. While difficult patients present in different ways, all are reacting to losing control of their situation and want support. During a difficult interaction with a patient, pause to consider, “Why is he behaving this way? Is he afraid? Does he feel that no one cares?”
When a patient verbally attacks beyond what is appropriate, recognize that this is probably due less to anything the physician did than to the patient’s internal issues. Identifying the driver of a patient’s behavior makes it easier to control our own emotions.
Practice empathy. Difficult patients usually have something in their background that can help explain their inappropriate behavior, such as a lack of parental support or abuse. Being open to hearing their story facilitates an empathetic connection.
AVOIDING BURNOUT
Discuss problems
Sadly, physicians often neglect to talk with each other and with trainees about issues leading to burnout, thereby missing important opportunities for empathy, objectivity, reflection, and teaching moments.
Lessons can be gleaned from training in psychiatry, a field in which one must learn methods for working effectively in challenging situations. Dozens of scenarios are practiced using videotapes or observation through one-way mirrors. While not everyone has such opportunities, everyone can discuss issues with one another. Regularly scheduled facilitated groups devoted to discussing problems with colleagues can be enormously helpful.
Schedule quiet times
Mindfulness is an excellent way to spend a few minutes out of every 3- to 4-hour block. There are many ways to help facilitate such moments. Residents and students can be provided with a small book, Mindfulness on the Go,37 aimed for the busy person.
Deep, slow breathing can bring rapid relief to intense negative feelings. Not only does it reduce anxiety faster than medication, but it is also free, is easily taught to others, and can be done unobtrusively. A short description of the role of the blood pH in managing the locus ceruleus and vagus nerve’s balance of sympathetic and parasympathetic activity may capture the curiosity of someone who may otherwise be resistant to the exercise.
Increasingly, hospitals are developing mindfulness sessions and offering a variety of skills physicians can put into their toolbox. Lessons from cognitive-behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, imagery, and muscle relaxation can help physicians in responding to patients. Investing in communication skills training specific to challenging behaviors seen in different specialties better equips physicians with more effective strategies.
From time to time, all physicians encounter patients whose behavior evokes negative emotions. In 1978, in an article titled “Taking care of the hateful patient,”1 Groves detailed 4 types of patients—“dependent clingers, entitled demanders, manipulative help-rejecters, and self-destructive deniers”1—that even the most seasoned physicians dread, and provided suggestions for managing interactions with them. The topic was revisited and updated in 2006 by Strous et al.2
Now, more than 10 years later, the challenge of how to interact with difficult patients is more relevant than ever. A cultural environment in which every patient can become an “expert” via the Internet has added new challenges. Patients who are especially time-consuming and emotionally draining exacerbate the many other pressures physicians face today (eg, increased paperwork, cost-consciousness, shortened appointment times, and the move to electronic medical records), contributing to physician burnout.
This article further updates the topic of managing challenging patients to reflect the current practice climate. We provide a more modern view of challenging patients and provide guidance on handling them. Although it may be tempting to diagnose some of these patients as having a personality disorder, it can often be more helpful to recognize patterns of behavior and have a clear plan for management. We also discuss general coping strategies for avoiding physician burnout.
INTERNET-SEEKING, QUESTIONING
A 45-year-old man carries in an overstuffed briefcase for his first primary care visit. He is a medical editor for a national journal and recently worked on a case study involving a rare cancer. As he edited, he recognized that he had the same symptoms and diagnosed himself with the same disease. He has brought with him a sheaf of articles he found on the Internet detailing clinical trials for experimental treatments. When the doctor begins to ask questions, he says the answers are irrelevant: he explains that he would have gone straight to an oncologist, but his insurance policy requires that he also have a primary care physician. He now expects the doctor to order magnetic resonance imaging, refer him to an oncologist, and support his request for the treatment he has identified as best.
The Internet: A blessing and a curse
Patients now have access to enormous amounts of information of variable accuracy. As in this case, patients may come to an appointment carrying early research studies that the physician has not yet reviewed. Others get their information from patient blogs that frequently offer opinions without evidence. Often, based on an advertisement or Internet reading, a patient requests a particular medication or test that may not be cost-effective or medically justified.
In a survey more than 10 years ago, more than 75% of physicians reported that they had patients who brought in information from online sources.3 Hu et al4 reported that 70% of patients who had online information planned to discuss it with their physicians. This practice is only growing, including in older patients.5
Physicians may feel confused and frustrated by patients who come armed with information. They may infer that patients do not trust them to diagnose correctly or treat optimally. In addition, discussing such information takes time, causing others on the schedule to wait, adding to the stress of coping with over-booked appointments.
Why so overprepared?
Patients who have or fear that they have cancer may be particularly worried that an important treatment will be overlooked.6 Since they feel that their life is hanging in the balance, their search for a definitive cure is understandable.
Internet-seeking, intensely questioning patients clearly want more information about the treatments they are receiving, alternative medical or procedural options, and complementary therapies.7 The response to their desire for more information affects their impression of physician empathy.8
Adapting to a more informed patient
Approaching these patients as an opportunity to educate may result in a more trusting patient and one more likely to be open to physician guidance and more likely to adhere to an advised treatment plan. Triangulation of the 3 actors—the physician, the patient, and the Web—can help patients to make more-informed choices and foster an attitude of partnership with the physician to lead them to optimal healthcare.
In a review of the impact of Internet use on healthcare and the physician-patient relationship, Wald et al9 urged physicians to:
- Adopt a positive attitude toward discussing Internet contributions
- Encourage patients to take an active role in maintaining health
- Acknowledge patient concerns and fears
- Avoid becoming defensive
- Recommend credible Internet sources.
Laing et al10 urged physicians to recognize rather than deny the effects of patients’ online searching for information and support, and not to ignore the potential impact on treatment. Consumers are gaining autonomy and self-efficacy, and Laing et al encouraged healthcare providers to develop ways to incorporate this new reality into the services they provide.10
How Web-based interaction can assist in patient decision-making for colorectal cancer screening is being explored.11 Patients at home can use an online tool to learn about screening choices and would be more knowledgable and comfortable discussing the options with their care provider. The hope is to build in an automatic reminder for the clinician, who would better understand the patient’s preference before the office visit.
One approach to our patient is to say, “I can see how worried you are about having the same type of cancer you read about, and I want to help you. It is clear to me that you know a lot about healthcare, and I appreciate your engagement in your health. How about starting over? Let me ask a few questions so I can get a better perspective on your symptoms?” Many times, this strategy can help patients reframe their view and accept help.
DEMANDING, LITIGATION-THREATENING
A 60-year-old lawyer is admitted to the hospital for evaluation of abdominal pain. His physician recommends placing a nasogastric tube to provide nutrition while the evaluation is completed. His wife, a former nurse practitioner, insists that a nasogastric tube would be too dangerous and demands that he be allowed to eat instead. The couple declares the primary internal medicine physician incompetent, does not want any residents to be involved in his care, and antagonizes the nurses with constant demands. Soon, the entire team avoids the patient’s room.
Why so hostile?
People with demanding behavior often have a hostile and confrontational manner. They may use medical jargon and appear to believe that they know more than their healthcare team. Many demand to know why they have not been offered a particular test, diagnosis, or treatment, especially if they or a family member has a healthcare background. Such patients appear to feel that they are being treated incorrectly and leave us feeling vulnerable, wondering whether the patient might one day come back to haunt us with a lawsuit, especially if the medical outcome is unfavorable.
Understanding the motivation for the behavior can help a physician to empathize with the demanding patient.12 Although it may seem that the demanding patient is trying to intimidate the physician, the goal is usually the same: to find the best possible treatment. Anger and hostility are often motivated by fear and a sense of losing control.
Ironically, this maladaptive coping style may alienate the very people who can help the patient. Hostile behavior evokes defensiveness and resentment in others. A power struggle may ensue: as the patient makes more unreasonable demands and threats, the physician reacts by asserting his or her views in an attempt to maintain control. Or the physician and the rest of the healthcare team may simply avoid the patient as much as possible.
Collaboration can defuse anger
The best strategy is often to steer the encounter away from a power struggle by legitimizing the patient’s feeling of entitlement to the best possible treatment.13 Take a collaborative stance with the patient, with the common goal of finding and implementing the most effective and lowest-risk diagnostic and treatment plan. Empathy and exploration of the patient’s concerns are always in order.
Physicians can try several strategies to improve interactions with demanding patients and caregivers:
Be consistent. All members of the healthcare team, including nurses and specialists, should convey consistent messages regarding diagnostic testing and treatment plans.
Don’t play the game. Demanding patients often complain about being mistreated by other healthcare providers. When confronted with such complaints, acknowledge the patient’s feelings while refraining from blaming or criticizing other members of the healthcare team.
Clarify expectations. Clarifying expectations from the initial patient encounter can prevent conflicts later. Support a patient who must accept a diagnosis of a terminal illness, and then when appropriate, discuss goals moving forward. Collaboration within the framework of reasonable expectations is key.
For our case, the physician could say, “We want to work with you together as a team. We will work hard to address your concerns, but our nurses must have a safe environment in which to help you.” Such a statement highlights shared goals and expression of concern without judgment. The next step is to clarify expectations by describing the hospital routine and how decisions are made.
Offer choices. Offering choices whenever possible can help a demanding patient feel more in control. Rather than dismiss a patient’s ideas, explore the alternatives. While effective patient communication is preferable to repeated referrals to specialists,14 judicious referral can engender trust in the physician’s competence if a diagnosis is not forthcoming.15
A unique challenge in teaching hospitals is the patient who refuses to interact with residents and students. It is best to acknowledge the patient’s concerns and offer alternative options:
- If the patient is worried about lack of completed training, then clarify the residents’ roles and reassure the patient that you communicate with residents and supervisors regarding any clinical decisions
- If possible, offer to see the patient alone or have the resident interact only on an as-needed basis
- Consider transferring the patient to a nonteaching service or to another hospital.
Admit failings. Although not easy, admitting to and apologizing for things that have gone wrong can help to calm a demanding patient and even reduce the likelihood of a lawsuit.16 The physician should not convey defensiveness and instead should acknowledge the limitations of the healthcare system.
Legitimize concerns—to an extent. Legitimizing a demanding patient’s concerns is important, but never be bullied into taking actions that create unnecessary risk. Upsetting a demanding patient is better than ordering tests or providing treatments that are potentially harmful. Good physician-patient communication can go a long way toward preventing adverse outcomes.
CONSTANTLY SEEKING REASSURANCE
A 25-year-old professional presents to a new primary care provider concerned about a mole on her back. She discusses her sun exposure and family history of skin cancer and produces photographs documenting changes in the mole over time. Impressed with this level of detail, the physician takes time to explain his concerns before referring her to a dermatologist. Later that day, she calls to let the doctor know that her procedure has been scheduled and to thank him for his care. A few weeks after the mole is removed, she returns to discuss treatment options for the small remaining scar.
After this appointment, she calls the office repeatedly with a wide array of concerns, including an isolated symptom of fatigue that could indicate cancer and the relative merits of different sunscreens. She also sends the physician frequent e-mail messages through the personal health record system with pictures of inconsequential marks on her skin.
Needing reassurance is normal—to a point
Many patients seek reassurance from their physicians, and this can be done in a healthy and respectful manner. But requests for reassurance may escalate to becoming repeated, insistent, and even aggressive.1 This can elicit reactions from physicians ranging from feeling annoyed and burdened to feeling angry and overwhelmed.17 This can lead to significant stress, which, if not managed well, can lead to excessively control of physician behavior and substandard care.18
Reassurance-seeking behavior can manifest anywhere along the spectrum of health and disease.19 It may be a symptom of health anxiety (ie, an exaggerated fear of illness) or hypochondria (ie, the persistent conviction that one is currently or likely to become ill).20,21
Why so needy?
Attachment theory may help explain neediness. Parental bonding during childhood is associated with mental and physical health and health-related behaviors in adults.22,23 People with insecure-preoccupied attachment styles tend to be overly emotionally dependent on the acceptance of others and may exhibit dependent and care-seeking behaviors with a physician.24
Needy patients are often genuinely grateful for the care and attention from a physician.1 In the beginning, the doctor may appreciate the patient’s validation of care provided, but this positive feeling wanes as calls and requests become incessant. As the physician’s exhaustion increases with each request, the care and well-being of the patient may no longer be the primary focus.1
Set boundaries
Be alert to signs that a patient is crossing the line to an unhealthy need for reassurance. Address medical concerns appropriately, then institute clear guidelines for follow-up, which should be reinforced by the entire care team if necessary.22
The following strategies can be useful for defining boundaries:
- Instruct the patient to come to the office only for scheduled follow-up visits and to call only during office hours or in an emergency
- Be up-front about the time allowed for each appointment and ask the patient to help focus the discussion according to his or her main concerns25
- Consider telling the patient, “You seem really worried about a lot of physical symptoms. I want to reassure you that I find no evidence of a medical illness that would require intervention. I am concerned about your phone calls and e-mails, and I wonder what would be helpful at this point to address your concerns?”
- Consider treating the patient for anxiety.
It is important to remain responsive to all types of patient concerns. Setting boundaries will guide patients to express health concerns in an appropriate manner so that they can be heard and managed.18,19
SELF-INJURY
A 22-year-old woman presents to the emergency department complaining of abdominal pain. After a full workup, the physician clears her medically and orders a few laboratory tests. As the nurse draws blood samples, she notices multiple fresh cuts on the patient’s arm and informs the physician. The patient is questioned and examined again and acknowledges occasional thoughts of self-harm.
Her parents arrive and appear appropriately concerned. They report that she has been “cutting” for 4 years and is regularly seeing a therapist. However, they say that they are not worried for her safety and that she has an appointment with her therapist this week. Based on this, the emergency department physician discharges her.
Two weeks later, the patient returns to the emergency department with continued cutting and apparent cellulitis, prompting medical admission.
Self-injury presents in many ways
Self-injurious behaviors come in many forms other than the easily recognized one presented in this case: eg, a patient with cirrhosis who continues to drink, a patient with severe epilepsy who forgets to take medications and lands in the emergency department every week for status epilepticus, a patient with diabetes who eats a high-sugar diet, a patient with renal insufficiency who ignores water restrictions, or a patient with an organ transplant who misses medications and relapses.
There is an important psychological difference between patients who knowingly continue to challenge their luck and those who do not fully understand the severity of their condition and the consequences of their actions. The patient who simply does not “get it” can sometimes be managed effectively with education and by working with family members to create an environment to facilitate critical healthy behaviors.
Patients who willfully self-inflict injury are asking for help while doing everything to avoid being helped. They typically come to the office or the emergency department with assorted complaints, not divulging the real reason for their visit until the last minute as they are leaving. Then they drop a clue to the real concern, leaving the physician confused and frustrated.
Why deny an obvious problem?
Fear of the stigma of mental illness can be a major barrier to full disclosure of symptoms of psychological distress, and this especially tends to be the case for patients from some ethnic minorities.26
On the other hand, patients with borderline or antisocial personality disorder (and less often, schizotypal or narcissistic personality disorder) frequently use denial as their primary psychological defense. Self-destructive denial is sometimes associated with traumatic memories, feelings of worthlessness, or a desire to reduce self-awareness and rationalize harmful behaviors. Such patients usually need lengthy treatment, and although the likelihood of cure is low, therapy can be helpful.27–29
Lessons from psychiatry
It can be difficult to maintain empathy for patients who intentionally harm themselves. It is helpful to think of these patients as having a terminal illness and to recognize that they are suffering.
Different interventions have been studied for such patients. Dialectical behavior therapy, an approach that teaches patients better coping skills for regulating emotions, can help reduce maladaptive emotional distress and self-destructive behaviors.30–32 Lessons from this approach can be applied by general practitioners:
- Engage the patient and together establish an effective crisis management plan
- With patient permission, involve the family in the treatment plan
- Set clear limits about self-harm: once the patient values interaction with the doctor, he or she will be less likely to break the agreement.
Patients with severe or continuing issues can be referred to appropriate services that offer dialectical behavior therapy or other intensive outpatient programs.
To handle our patient, one might start by saying, “I am sorry to see you back in the ER. We need to treat the cellulitis and get your outpatient behavioral team on board, so we know the plan.” Then, it is critical that the entire team keep to that plan.
HOW TO STAY IN CONTROL AND IMPROVE INTERACTIONS
Patients with challenging behaviors will always be part of medical practice. Physicians should be aware of their reactions and feelings towards a patient (known in psychiatry as countertransference), as they can increase physician stress and interfere with providing optimal care. Finding effective ways to work with difficult patients will avoid these outcomes.
Physicians also feel loss of control
Most physicians are resilient, but they can feel overwhelmed under certain circumstances. According to Scudder and Shanafelt,33 a physician’s sense of well-being is influenced by several factors, including feelings of control in the workplace. It is easy to imagine how one or more difficult patients can create a sense of overwhelming demand and loss of control.
These tips can help maintain a sense of control and improve interactions with patients:
Have a plan for effective communication. Not having a plan for communicating in a difficult situation can contribute to loss of control in a hectic schedule that is already stretched to its limits. Practicing responses with a colleague for especially difficult patients or using a team approach can be helpful. Remaining compassionate while setting boundaries will result in the best outcome for the patient and physician.
Stop to analyze the situation. One of the tenets of cognitive-behavioral therapy is recognizing that negative thoughts can quickly take us down a dangerous path. Feeling angry and resentful without stopping to think and reflect on the causes can lead to the physician feeling victimized (just like many difficult patients feel).
It is important to step back and think, not just feel. While difficult patients present in different ways, all are reacting to losing control of their situation and want support. During a difficult interaction with a patient, pause to consider, “Why is he behaving this way? Is he afraid? Does he feel that no one cares?”
When a patient verbally attacks beyond what is appropriate, recognize that this is probably due less to anything the physician did than to the patient’s internal issues. Identifying the driver of a patient’s behavior makes it easier to control our own emotions.
Practice empathy. Difficult patients usually have something in their background that can help explain their inappropriate behavior, such as a lack of parental support or abuse. Being open to hearing their story facilitates an empathetic connection.
AVOIDING BURNOUT
Discuss problems
Sadly, physicians often neglect to talk with each other and with trainees about issues leading to burnout, thereby missing important opportunities for empathy, objectivity, reflection, and teaching moments.
Lessons can be gleaned from training in psychiatry, a field in which one must learn methods for working effectively in challenging situations. Dozens of scenarios are practiced using videotapes or observation through one-way mirrors. While not everyone has such opportunities, everyone can discuss issues with one another. Regularly scheduled facilitated groups devoted to discussing problems with colleagues can be enormously helpful.
Schedule quiet times
Mindfulness is an excellent way to spend a few minutes out of every 3- to 4-hour block. There are many ways to help facilitate such moments. Residents and students can be provided with a small book, Mindfulness on the Go,37 aimed for the busy person.
Deep, slow breathing can bring rapid relief to intense negative feelings. Not only does it reduce anxiety faster than medication, but it is also free, is easily taught to others, and can be done unobtrusively. A short description of the role of the blood pH in managing the locus ceruleus and vagus nerve’s balance of sympathetic and parasympathetic activity may capture the curiosity of someone who may otherwise be resistant to the exercise.
Increasingly, hospitals are developing mindfulness sessions and offering a variety of skills physicians can put into their toolbox. Lessons from cognitive-behavioral therapy, dialectical behavior therapy, imagery, and muscle relaxation can help physicians in responding to patients. Investing in communication skills training specific to challenging behaviors seen in different specialties better equips physicians with more effective strategies.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Malone M, Mathes L, Dooley J, While AE. Health information seeking and its effect on the doctor-patient digital divide. J Telemed Telecare 2005; 11(suppl1):25–28.
- Hu X, Bell RA, Kravitz RL, Orrange S. The prepared patient: information seeking of online support group members before their medical appointments. J Health Commun 2012; 17:960–978.
- Tse MM, Choi KC, Leung RS. E-health for older people: the use of technology in health promotion. Cyberpsychol Behav 2008; 11:475–479.
- Pereira JL, Koski S, Hanson J, Bruera ED, Mackey JR. Internet usage among women with breast cancer: an exploratory study. Clin Breast Cancer 2000; 1:148–153.
- Brauer JA, El Sehamy A, Metz JN, Mao JJ. Complementary and alternative and supportive care at leading cancer centers: a systematic analysis of websites. J Altern Complement Med 2010; 16:183–186.
- Smith SG, Pandit A, Rush SR, Wolf MS, Simon C. The association between patient activation and accessing online health information: results from a national survey of US adults. Health Expect 2015; 18:3262–3273.
- Wald HS, Dube CE, Anthony DC. Untangling the Web—the impact of Internet use on health care and the physician-patient relationship. Patient Educ Couns 2007; 68:218–224.
- Laing A, Hogg G, Winkelman D. Healthcare and the information revolution: re-configuring the healthcare service encounter. Health Serv Manage Res 2004; 17:188–199.
- Jimbo M, Shultz CG, Nease DE, Fetters MD, Power D, Ruffin MT 4th. Perceived barriers and facilitators of using a Web-based interactive decision aid for colorectal cancer screening in community practice settings: findings from focus groups with primary care clinicians and medical office staff. J Med Internet Res 2013; 15:e286.
- Steinmetz D, Tabenkin H. The ‘difficult patient’ as perceived by family physicians. Fam Pract 2001; 18:495–500.
- Arciniegas DB, Beresford TP. Managing difficult interactions with patients in neurology practices: a practical approach. Neurology 2010; 75(suppl 1):S39–S44.
- Gallagher TH, Lo B, Chesney M, Christensen K. How do physicians respond to patient’s requests for costly, unindicated services? J Gen Intern Med 1997; 12:663–668.
- Breen KJ, Greenberg PB. Difficult physician-patient encounters. Intern Med J 2010; 40:682–688.
- Huntington B, Kuhn N. Communication gaffes: a root cause of malpractice claims. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent) 2003; 16:157–161.
- Maunder RG, Panzer A, Viljoen M, Owen J, Human S, Hunter JJ. Physicians’ difficulty with emergency department patients is related to patients’ attachment style. Soc Sci Med 2006; 63:552–562.
- Thompson D, Ciechanowski PS. Attaching a new understanding to the patient-physician relationship in family practice. J Am Board Fam Pract 2003; 16:219–226.
- Groves M, Muskin P. Psychological responses to illness. In: Levenson JL, ed. The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Psychosomatic Medicine. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2004:68–88.
- Görgen SM, Hiller W, Witthöft M. Health anxiety, cognitive coping, and emotion regulation: a latent variable approach. Int J Behav Med 2014; 21:364–374.
- Strand J, Goulding A, Tidefors I. Attachment styles and symptoms in individuals with psychosis. Nord J Psychiatry 2015; 69:67–72.
- Hooper LM, Tomek S, Newman CR. Using attachment theory in medical settings: implications for primary care physicians. J Ment Health 2012; 21:23–37.
- Bowlby J. Attachment and loss. 1. Attachment. New York, NY: Basic Books; 1969.
- Fuertes JN, Anand P, Haggerty G, Kestenbaum M, Rosenblum GC. The physician-patient working alliance and patient psychological attachment, adherence, outcome expectations, and satisfaction in a sample of rheumatology patients. Behav Med 2015; 41:60–68.
- Frederiksen HB, Kragstrup J, Dehlholm-Lambertsen B. Attachment in the doctor-patient relationship in general practice: a qualitative study. Scand J Prim Health Care 2010; 28:185–190.
- Rastogi P, Khushalani S, Dhawan S, et al. Understanding clinician perception of common presentations in South Asians seeking mental health treatment and determining barriers and facilitators to treatment. Asian J Psychiatr 2014; 7:15–21.
- van der Kolk BA, Perry JC, Herman JL. Childhood origins of self-destructive behavior. Am J Psychiatry 1991; 148:1665–1671.
- Gacono CB, Meloy JR, Berg JL. Object relations, defensive operations, and affective states in narcissistic, borderline, and antisocial personality disorder. J Pers Assess 1992; 59:32–49.
- Perry JC, Presniak MD, Olson TR. Defense mechanisms in schizotypal, borderline, antisocial, and narcissistic personality disorders. Psychiatry 2013; 76:32–52.
- Gibson J, Booth R, Davenport J, Keogh K, Owens T. Dialectical behaviour therapy-informed skills training for deliberate self-harm: a controlled trial with 3-month follow-up data. Behav Res Ther 2014; 60:8–14.
- Fischer S, Peterson C. Dialectical behavior therapy for adolescent binge eating, purging, suicidal behavior, and non-suicidal self-injury: a pilot study. Psychotherapy (Chic). 2015; 52:78–92.
- Booth R, Keogh K, Doyle J, Owens T. Living through distress: a skills training group for reducing deliberate self-harm. Behav Cogn Psychother 2014; 42:156–165.
- Scudder L, Shanafelt TD. Two sides of the physician coin: burnout and well-being. Medscape. Feb 09, 2015. http://nbpsa.org/images/PRP/PhysicianBurnoutMedscape.pdf. Accessed June 2, 2017.
- McAbee JH, Ragel BT, McCartney S, et al. Factors associated with career satisfaction and burnout among US neurosurgeons: results of a nationwide survey. J Neurosurg 2015; 123:161–173.
- Schneider S, Kingsolver K, Rosdahl J. Can physician self-care enhance patient-centered healthcare? Qualitative findings from a physician well-being coaching program. J Fam Med 2015; 2:6.
- Simonds G, Sotile W. Building Resilience in Neurosurgical Residents: A Primer. B Wright Publishing; 2015.
- Bays JC. Mindfulness on the Go: Simple Meditation Practices You Can Do Anywhere. Boulder, CO: Shambhala Publications; 2014.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Malone M, Mathes L, Dooley J, While AE. Health information seeking and its effect on the doctor-patient digital divide. J Telemed Telecare 2005; 11(suppl1):25–28.
- Hu X, Bell RA, Kravitz RL, Orrange S. The prepared patient: information seeking of online support group members before their medical appointments. J Health Commun 2012; 17:960–978.
- Tse MM, Choi KC, Leung RS. E-health for older people: the use of technology in health promotion. Cyberpsychol Behav 2008; 11:475–479.
- Pereira JL, Koski S, Hanson J, Bruera ED, Mackey JR. Internet usage among women with breast cancer: an exploratory study. Clin Breast Cancer 2000; 1:148–153.
- Brauer JA, El Sehamy A, Metz JN, Mao JJ. Complementary and alternative and supportive care at leading cancer centers: a systematic analysis of websites. J Altern Complement Med 2010; 16:183–186.
- Smith SG, Pandit A, Rush SR, Wolf MS, Simon C. The association between patient activation and accessing online health information: results from a national survey of US adults. Health Expect 2015; 18:3262–3273.
- Wald HS, Dube CE, Anthony DC. Untangling the Web—the impact of Internet use on health care and the physician-patient relationship. Patient Educ Couns 2007; 68:218–224.
- Laing A, Hogg G, Winkelman D. Healthcare and the information revolution: re-configuring the healthcare service encounter. Health Serv Manage Res 2004; 17:188–199.
- Jimbo M, Shultz CG, Nease DE, Fetters MD, Power D, Ruffin MT 4th. Perceived barriers and facilitators of using a Web-based interactive decision aid for colorectal cancer screening in community practice settings: findings from focus groups with primary care clinicians and medical office staff. J Med Internet Res 2013; 15:e286.
- Steinmetz D, Tabenkin H. The ‘difficult patient’ as perceived by family physicians. Fam Pract 2001; 18:495–500.
- Arciniegas DB, Beresford TP. Managing difficult interactions with patients in neurology practices: a practical approach. Neurology 2010; 75(suppl 1):S39–S44.
- Gallagher TH, Lo B, Chesney M, Christensen K. How do physicians respond to patient’s requests for costly, unindicated services? J Gen Intern Med 1997; 12:663–668.
- Breen KJ, Greenberg PB. Difficult physician-patient encounters. Intern Med J 2010; 40:682–688.
- Huntington B, Kuhn N. Communication gaffes: a root cause of malpractice claims. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent) 2003; 16:157–161.
- Maunder RG, Panzer A, Viljoen M, Owen J, Human S, Hunter JJ. Physicians’ difficulty with emergency department patients is related to patients’ attachment style. Soc Sci Med 2006; 63:552–562.
- Thompson D, Ciechanowski PS. Attaching a new understanding to the patient-physician relationship in family practice. J Am Board Fam Pract 2003; 16:219–226.
- Groves M, Muskin P. Psychological responses to illness. In: Levenson JL, ed. The American Psychiatric Publishing Textbook of Psychosomatic Medicine. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publishing, Inc; 2004:68–88.
- Görgen SM, Hiller W, Witthöft M. Health anxiety, cognitive coping, and emotion regulation: a latent variable approach. Int J Behav Med 2014; 21:364–374.
- Strand J, Goulding A, Tidefors I. Attachment styles and symptoms in individuals with psychosis. Nord J Psychiatry 2015; 69:67–72.
- Hooper LM, Tomek S, Newman CR. Using attachment theory in medical settings: implications for primary care physicians. J Ment Health 2012; 21:23–37.
- Bowlby J. Attachment and loss. 1. Attachment. New York, NY: Basic Books; 1969.
- Fuertes JN, Anand P, Haggerty G, Kestenbaum M, Rosenblum GC. The physician-patient working alliance and patient psychological attachment, adherence, outcome expectations, and satisfaction in a sample of rheumatology patients. Behav Med 2015; 41:60–68.
- Frederiksen HB, Kragstrup J, Dehlholm-Lambertsen B. Attachment in the doctor-patient relationship in general practice: a qualitative study. Scand J Prim Health Care 2010; 28:185–190.
- Rastogi P, Khushalani S, Dhawan S, et al. Understanding clinician perception of common presentations in South Asians seeking mental health treatment and determining barriers and facilitators to treatment. Asian J Psychiatr 2014; 7:15–21.
- van der Kolk BA, Perry JC, Herman JL. Childhood origins of self-destructive behavior. Am J Psychiatry 1991; 148:1665–1671.
- Gacono CB, Meloy JR, Berg JL. Object relations, defensive operations, and affective states in narcissistic, borderline, and antisocial personality disorder. J Pers Assess 1992; 59:32–49.
- Perry JC, Presniak MD, Olson TR. Defense mechanisms in schizotypal, borderline, antisocial, and narcissistic personality disorders. Psychiatry 2013; 76:32–52.
- Gibson J, Booth R, Davenport J, Keogh K, Owens T. Dialectical behaviour therapy-informed skills training for deliberate self-harm: a controlled trial with 3-month follow-up data. Behav Res Ther 2014; 60:8–14.
- Fischer S, Peterson C. Dialectical behavior therapy for adolescent binge eating, purging, suicidal behavior, and non-suicidal self-injury: a pilot study. Psychotherapy (Chic). 2015; 52:78–92.
- Booth R, Keogh K, Doyle J, Owens T. Living through distress: a skills training group for reducing deliberate self-harm. Behav Cogn Psychother 2014; 42:156–165.
- Scudder L, Shanafelt TD. Two sides of the physician coin: burnout and well-being. Medscape. Feb 09, 2015. http://nbpsa.org/images/PRP/PhysicianBurnoutMedscape.pdf. Accessed June 2, 2017.
- McAbee JH, Ragel BT, McCartney S, et al. Factors associated with career satisfaction and burnout among US neurosurgeons: results of a nationwide survey. J Neurosurg 2015; 123:161–173.
- Schneider S, Kingsolver K, Rosdahl J. Can physician self-care enhance patient-centered healthcare? Qualitative findings from a physician well-being coaching program. J Fam Med 2015; 2:6.
- Simonds G, Sotile W. Building Resilience in Neurosurgical Residents: A Primer. B Wright Publishing; 2015.
- Bays JC. Mindfulness on the Go: Simple Meditation Practices You Can Do Anywhere. Boulder, CO: Shambhala Publications; 2014.
KEY POINTS
- Patients who intensely question everything need validation of their need for information and a collaborative approach based on sound medical evidence.
- Patients whose behavior is hostile and demanding need limits placed on aggressive behavior and assurance that the healthcare team is working in their best interests.
- Patients who seek reassurance to the point of overuse of the doctor’s time need to have boundaries set.
- Many patients who injure themselves and deny the problem have a personality disorder. They need empathy and a clear plan for care, often involving behavioral therapy.
- Physicians should plan effective communication strategies for difficult patients, discuss issues with colleagues, and use relaxation methods to help avoid burnout.
Labels matter: Challenging conversations or challenging people?
Anyone who has tried to appreciate the challenges we face in medicine has probably read the 1978 article by Groves, “Taking care of the hateful patient.”1 This and a later article by Strous et al2 label and group patients according to specific behaviors and, perhaps more importantly, how they make the clinician on the other end of the conversation feel.
How patients make us feel should not be underappreciated. Taking care of other human beings is a complex, intricate, intimate privilege. To characterize it as anything else—to simply consumerize it—is to not fully understand it.
Yet, now more than ever, the impact of challenges—not just with patients but in healthcare today—is staggering: 54% of US physicians report burnout,3 and significant numbers would not choose medicine again as a career. Too much time spent charting (up to 2 hours in a recent study4) and less time spent connecting as human beings are driving the meaning out of medicine. Calls are growing for more empathy in medicine and better services to meet the needs of patients and caregivers alike.
WORDS CAN STIGMATIZE, VALIDATE, DAMAGE, OR HEAL
As we read in the article by Schuermeyer et al in this issue of the Journal,5 there are steps forward and also continued opportunities. The article begins to shift us from labeling patients as “dependent clingers” and “entitled demanders” to a much needed and more meaningful discussion about difficult patient behaviors and how we might more effectively respond to them.
Even if we need to apply them in medicine at times, our labeling the type of person a patient is or how the patient behaves carries tremendous significance to our patients and should not be applied lightly. Depending on the words or labels we choose, our words can stigmatize, validate, damage, or heal. Have no doubt, however, that our words will be remembered.
PATIENTS LABEL US, TOO
As a chief experience officer, I review thousands of patient comments every month. And what patients say is that although their medical care may be spectacular, their emotional needs and expectations are not always met. Despite both valid and less-valid criticisms of patient satisfaction surveys, we have an obligation to listen and learn. We too are fallible.
We too could be—and most certainly are—labeled by patients. “Insensitive,” “uncaring,” and “rude” are words I too often hear from patients as they comment on the care they received from their physicians. These labels certainly do not embody the profound caring at the core of the healthcare profession, just as they do not embody our patients.
LABELING ENDS REFLECTION
An additional and unforeseen risk to labeling is the end of meaningful reflection. When we label, we stop asking who this person is. What trauma did the person suffer that makes trust so difficult? What is he or she most afraid of? What am I contributing to this ineffective dialogue, and how can I adapt my own language and behavior? We have a professional responsibility to respond to frustration or challenges with patients, not with labeling in return, but with humility, listening, and reflection.
BEYOND LABELS
To truly enhance communication and the experience of our patients, we must model empathic curiosity. People are not the label we give them. They are not the disease they have. The richness of their lives, experiences, and emotions cannot possibly be embodied in a single word that we have assigned. Our role as healers requires not judgment but the willingness to know more about who they are and the skill to more effectively express our intention and meaning. Only then will our patients feel truly “seen” and known by us.
To that end, there are a few models of effective communication. One of them, the Relationship: Establishment, Development, and Engagement (REDE) model, was developed at Cleveland Clinic,6 and a recent study found that when physicians were trained in it, patient satisfaction, physician empathy, and burnout improved.7 Another, the Four Habit model, has been effectively used by Kaiser Permanente for decades.8 These models provide a framework and detailed skills that can be used with any patient, loved one, or colleague, especially those we find “challenging.”
In addition, Groves and Schuermeyer et al highlight the impact these difficult conversations have on the clinician. Because most clinicians care deeply about the patients they serve, they are haunted by conversations that don’t go well. When patients are unhappy or angry with our care, we often feel that it is our fault or that we have failed in some way. Alternatively, we seek to distance ourselves from the patient we find challenging.
EMPATHY IS HARD WORK
The most difficult work actually goes on in the space between withdrawing from our patients in anger and continuing to enable inappropriate behavior at an emotional cost to ourselves and our colleagues. That in-between space is an opportunity for the clinician to set boundaries and be consistent, while also seeking to build relationships based on empathy and trust. Otherwise, both parties walk away labeling each other, which prevents us from building relationships with the patients whom we find difficult. Relationships still matter in healthcare and have therapeutic benefits for our patients and ourselves.
Empathy is hard work. When we connect with the patient in front of us, empathy may be easy. Yet the real need for empathy is when we don’t connect with the person in front of us—when we feel frustrated, tired, and angry. And I believe as healers—not just doctors—we are absolutely up for the challenge.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Shanafelt TD, Hasan O, Dyrbye LN, et al. Changes in burnout and satisfaction with work-life balance in physicians and the general US working population between 2011 and 2014. Mayo Clin Proc 2015; 90:1600–1613.
- Sinsky C, Colligan L, Li L, et al. Allocation of physician time in ambulatory practice: a time and motion study in 4 specialties. Ann Intern Med 2016; 165:753–760.
- Schuermeyer IN, Sieke E, Dickstein L, Falcone T, Franco K. When patients challenge you: Strategies for communication. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:535–542.
- Windover AK, Boissy A, Rice TW, Gilligan T, Velez VJ, Merlino J. The REDE model of healthcare communication: optimizing relationship as a therapeutic agent. J Patient Exper 2014; 1:8–13
- Boissy A, Windover AK, Bokar D, et al. Communication skills training for physicians improves patient satisfaction. J Gen Intern Med 2016; 31:755–761.
- Stein T, Frankel RM, Krupat E. Enhancing clinician communication skills in a large healthcare organization: a longitudinal case study. Patient Educ Couns 2005; 58:4–12.
Anyone who has tried to appreciate the challenges we face in medicine has probably read the 1978 article by Groves, “Taking care of the hateful patient.”1 This and a later article by Strous et al2 label and group patients according to specific behaviors and, perhaps more importantly, how they make the clinician on the other end of the conversation feel.
How patients make us feel should not be underappreciated. Taking care of other human beings is a complex, intricate, intimate privilege. To characterize it as anything else—to simply consumerize it—is to not fully understand it.
Yet, now more than ever, the impact of challenges—not just with patients but in healthcare today—is staggering: 54% of US physicians report burnout,3 and significant numbers would not choose medicine again as a career. Too much time spent charting (up to 2 hours in a recent study4) and less time spent connecting as human beings are driving the meaning out of medicine. Calls are growing for more empathy in medicine and better services to meet the needs of patients and caregivers alike.
WORDS CAN STIGMATIZE, VALIDATE, DAMAGE, OR HEAL
As we read in the article by Schuermeyer et al in this issue of the Journal,5 there are steps forward and also continued opportunities. The article begins to shift us from labeling patients as “dependent clingers” and “entitled demanders” to a much needed and more meaningful discussion about difficult patient behaviors and how we might more effectively respond to them.
Even if we need to apply them in medicine at times, our labeling the type of person a patient is or how the patient behaves carries tremendous significance to our patients and should not be applied lightly. Depending on the words or labels we choose, our words can stigmatize, validate, damage, or heal. Have no doubt, however, that our words will be remembered.
PATIENTS LABEL US, TOO
As a chief experience officer, I review thousands of patient comments every month. And what patients say is that although their medical care may be spectacular, their emotional needs and expectations are not always met. Despite both valid and less-valid criticisms of patient satisfaction surveys, we have an obligation to listen and learn. We too are fallible.
We too could be—and most certainly are—labeled by patients. “Insensitive,” “uncaring,” and “rude” are words I too often hear from patients as they comment on the care they received from their physicians. These labels certainly do not embody the profound caring at the core of the healthcare profession, just as they do not embody our patients.
LABELING ENDS REFLECTION
An additional and unforeseen risk to labeling is the end of meaningful reflection. When we label, we stop asking who this person is. What trauma did the person suffer that makes trust so difficult? What is he or she most afraid of? What am I contributing to this ineffective dialogue, and how can I adapt my own language and behavior? We have a professional responsibility to respond to frustration or challenges with patients, not with labeling in return, but with humility, listening, and reflection.
BEYOND LABELS
To truly enhance communication and the experience of our patients, we must model empathic curiosity. People are not the label we give them. They are not the disease they have. The richness of their lives, experiences, and emotions cannot possibly be embodied in a single word that we have assigned. Our role as healers requires not judgment but the willingness to know more about who they are and the skill to more effectively express our intention and meaning. Only then will our patients feel truly “seen” and known by us.
To that end, there are a few models of effective communication. One of them, the Relationship: Establishment, Development, and Engagement (REDE) model, was developed at Cleveland Clinic,6 and a recent study found that when physicians were trained in it, patient satisfaction, physician empathy, and burnout improved.7 Another, the Four Habit model, has been effectively used by Kaiser Permanente for decades.8 These models provide a framework and detailed skills that can be used with any patient, loved one, or colleague, especially those we find “challenging.”
In addition, Groves and Schuermeyer et al highlight the impact these difficult conversations have on the clinician. Because most clinicians care deeply about the patients they serve, they are haunted by conversations that don’t go well. When patients are unhappy or angry with our care, we often feel that it is our fault or that we have failed in some way. Alternatively, we seek to distance ourselves from the patient we find challenging.
EMPATHY IS HARD WORK
The most difficult work actually goes on in the space between withdrawing from our patients in anger and continuing to enable inappropriate behavior at an emotional cost to ourselves and our colleagues. That in-between space is an opportunity for the clinician to set boundaries and be consistent, while also seeking to build relationships based on empathy and trust. Otherwise, both parties walk away labeling each other, which prevents us from building relationships with the patients whom we find difficult. Relationships still matter in healthcare and have therapeutic benefits for our patients and ourselves.
Empathy is hard work. When we connect with the patient in front of us, empathy may be easy. Yet the real need for empathy is when we don’t connect with the person in front of us—when we feel frustrated, tired, and angry. And I believe as healers—not just doctors—we are absolutely up for the challenge.
Anyone who has tried to appreciate the challenges we face in medicine has probably read the 1978 article by Groves, “Taking care of the hateful patient.”1 This and a later article by Strous et al2 label and group patients according to specific behaviors and, perhaps more importantly, how they make the clinician on the other end of the conversation feel.
How patients make us feel should not be underappreciated. Taking care of other human beings is a complex, intricate, intimate privilege. To characterize it as anything else—to simply consumerize it—is to not fully understand it.
Yet, now more than ever, the impact of challenges—not just with patients but in healthcare today—is staggering: 54% of US physicians report burnout,3 and significant numbers would not choose medicine again as a career. Too much time spent charting (up to 2 hours in a recent study4) and less time spent connecting as human beings are driving the meaning out of medicine. Calls are growing for more empathy in medicine and better services to meet the needs of patients and caregivers alike.
WORDS CAN STIGMATIZE, VALIDATE, DAMAGE, OR HEAL
As we read in the article by Schuermeyer et al in this issue of the Journal,5 there are steps forward and also continued opportunities. The article begins to shift us from labeling patients as “dependent clingers” and “entitled demanders” to a much needed and more meaningful discussion about difficult patient behaviors and how we might more effectively respond to them.
Even if we need to apply them in medicine at times, our labeling the type of person a patient is or how the patient behaves carries tremendous significance to our patients and should not be applied lightly. Depending on the words or labels we choose, our words can stigmatize, validate, damage, or heal. Have no doubt, however, that our words will be remembered.
PATIENTS LABEL US, TOO
As a chief experience officer, I review thousands of patient comments every month. And what patients say is that although their medical care may be spectacular, their emotional needs and expectations are not always met. Despite both valid and less-valid criticisms of patient satisfaction surveys, we have an obligation to listen and learn. We too are fallible.
We too could be—and most certainly are—labeled by patients. “Insensitive,” “uncaring,” and “rude” are words I too often hear from patients as they comment on the care they received from their physicians. These labels certainly do not embody the profound caring at the core of the healthcare profession, just as they do not embody our patients.
LABELING ENDS REFLECTION
An additional and unforeseen risk to labeling is the end of meaningful reflection. When we label, we stop asking who this person is. What trauma did the person suffer that makes trust so difficult? What is he or she most afraid of? What am I contributing to this ineffective dialogue, and how can I adapt my own language and behavior? We have a professional responsibility to respond to frustration or challenges with patients, not with labeling in return, but with humility, listening, and reflection.
BEYOND LABELS
To truly enhance communication and the experience of our patients, we must model empathic curiosity. People are not the label we give them. They are not the disease they have. The richness of their lives, experiences, and emotions cannot possibly be embodied in a single word that we have assigned. Our role as healers requires not judgment but the willingness to know more about who they are and the skill to more effectively express our intention and meaning. Only then will our patients feel truly “seen” and known by us.
To that end, there are a few models of effective communication. One of them, the Relationship: Establishment, Development, and Engagement (REDE) model, was developed at Cleveland Clinic,6 and a recent study found that when physicians were trained in it, patient satisfaction, physician empathy, and burnout improved.7 Another, the Four Habit model, has been effectively used by Kaiser Permanente for decades.8 These models provide a framework and detailed skills that can be used with any patient, loved one, or colleague, especially those we find “challenging.”
In addition, Groves and Schuermeyer et al highlight the impact these difficult conversations have on the clinician. Because most clinicians care deeply about the patients they serve, they are haunted by conversations that don’t go well. When patients are unhappy or angry with our care, we often feel that it is our fault or that we have failed in some way. Alternatively, we seek to distance ourselves from the patient we find challenging.
EMPATHY IS HARD WORK
The most difficult work actually goes on in the space between withdrawing from our patients in anger and continuing to enable inappropriate behavior at an emotional cost to ourselves and our colleagues. That in-between space is an opportunity for the clinician to set boundaries and be consistent, while also seeking to build relationships based on empathy and trust. Otherwise, both parties walk away labeling each other, which prevents us from building relationships with the patients whom we find difficult. Relationships still matter in healthcare and have therapeutic benefits for our patients and ourselves.
Empathy is hard work. When we connect with the patient in front of us, empathy may be easy. Yet the real need for empathy is when we don’t connect with the person in front of us—when we feel frustrated, tired, and angry. And I believe as healers—not just doctors—we are absolutely up for the challenge.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Shanafelt TD, Hasan O, Dyrbye LN, et al. Changes in burnout and satisfaction with work-life balance in physicians and the general US working population between 2011 and 2014. Mayo Clin Proc 2015; 90:1600–1613.
- Sinsky C, Colligan L, Li L, et al. Allocation of physician time in ambulatory practice: a time and motion study in 4 specialties. Ann Intern Med 2016; 165:753–760.
- Schuermeyer IN, Sieke E, Dickstein L, Falcone T, Franco K. When patients challenge you: Strategies for communication. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:535–542.
- Windover AK, Boissy A, Rice TW, Gilligan T, Velez VJ, Merlino J. The REDE model of healthcare communication: optimizing relationship as a therapeutic agent. J Patient Exper 2014; 1:8–13
- Boissy A, Windover AK, Bokar D, et al. Communication skills training for physicians improves patient satisfaction. J Gen Intern Med 2016; 31:755–761.
- Stein T, Frankel RM, Krupat E. Enhancing clinician communication skills in a large healthcare organization: a longitudinal case study. Patient Educ Couns 2005; 58:4–12.
- Groves JE. Taking care of the hateful patient. N Engl J Med 1978; 298:883–887.
- Strous RD, Ulman AM, Kotler M. The hateful patient revisited: relevance for 21st century medicine. Eur J Intern Med 2006; 17:387–393.
- Shanafelt TD, Hasan O, Dyrbye LN, et al. Changes in burnout and satisfaction with work-life balance in physicians and the general US working population between 2011 and 2014. Mayo Clin Proc 2015; 90:1600–1613.
- Sinsky C, Colligan L, Li L, et al. Allocation of physician time in ambulatory practice: a time and motion study in 4 specialties. Ann Intern Med 2016; 165:753–760.
- Schuermeyer IN, Sieke E, Dickstein L, Falcone T, Franco K. When patients challenge you: Strategies for communication. Cleve Clin J Med 2017; 84:535–542.
- Windover AK, Boissy A, Rice TW, Gilligan T, Velez VJ, Merlino J. The REDE model of healthcare communication: optimizing relationship as a therapeutic agent. J Patient Exper 2014; 1:8–13
- Boissy A, Windover AK, Bokar D, et al. Communication skills training for physicians improves patient satisfaction. J Gen Intern Med 2016; 31:755–761.
- Stein T, Frankel RM, Krupat E. Enhancing clinician communication skills in a large healthcare organization: a longitudinal case study. Patient Educ Couns 2005; 58:4–12.
A large mass in the right ventricle: Tumor or thrombus?
A 69-year-old woman with hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and chronic kidney disease presented with a 1-month history of worsening episodic dyspnea, lower-extremity edema, and dizziness. Two months earlier, she had been diagnosed with poorly differentiated pelvic adnexal sarcoma associated with a mature teratoma of the left ovary, and she had undergone bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy, pelvic and para-aortic lymph node dissection, and omentectomy.
Examination revealed tachypnea (23 breaths per minute) and bilateral pitting pedal edema. The neck veins were distended. There was no hepatomegaly. Results of laboratory testing were unremarkable.
EVALUATING A CARDIAC MASS
Thrombus, tumor, or vegetation?
If an intracardiac mass is discovered, we need to determine what it is.
Thrombosis is more likely if contrast echocardiography shows the mass has no stalk (thrombi almost never have a stalk), the atrial chamber is enlarged, cardiac output is low, there is stasis, the mass is avascular, and it responds to thrombolytic therapy. A giant organized thrombus can clinically mimic a tumor if it is immobile, is located close to the wall, and responds poorly to thrombolysis. A wall-motion abnormality adjacent to the mass, global hypokinesis, or a concomitant autoimmune condition such as lupus erythematosus or antiphospholipid antibody syndrome may also favor thrombosis.
Tumors in the heart are uncommon. The prevalence of primary cardiac tumors has been reported as 0.01% to 0.1% in autopsy studies. Metastases to the pericardium, myocardium, coronary arteries, or great vessels have been found at autopsy in 0.7% to 3.5% of the general population and in 9.1% of patients with known malignancy.1
Vegetations from infective endocarditis should also be considered early in the evaluation of an intracardiac mass. They can result from bacterial, fungal, or parasitic infection. Vegetations are generally irregular in appearance, mobile, and attached to a valve. Left-sided valves are generally involved, and a larger mass may indicate fungal origin. Abscess from tuberculosis may need to be considered in the appropriate setting. Whenever feasible, tissue diagnosis is desirable.
Occasionally, there may be an inflammatory component to masses detected in the setting of autoimmune disease.
CT and MRI
If echocardiography cannot clearly distinguish whether the mass is a tumor or a thrombus, MRI with gadolinium contrast is useful. MRI is superior to CT in depicting anatomic details and does not involve radiation.
Cardiac CT is increasingly used when other imaging findings are equivocal or to study a calcified mass. CT with contrast carries a small risk of contrast-induced nephropathy and has lower soft-tissue and temporal resolution. CT without contrast can detect the mass and reveal calcifications within the mass, but contrast is needed to assess the vascularity of the tumor. New-generation CT with electrocardiographic gating nearly matches MRI imaging, and CT is preferred for patients with contraindications to MRI.
CT provides additional information on the global assessment of the chest, lung and vascular structures.2 Cardiac CT and MRI help in precise anatomic delineation, characterization, and preoperative planning of treatment of a large cardiac mass.
TYPES OF CARDIAC TUMORS
Metastases account for most cardiac tumors and are often from primary cancers of the lung, breast, skin, thyroid, and kidney.
Primary cardiac tumors are most often myxomas, which are benign and generally found in the atrial chamber, solitary, with a stalk attached to the area of the fossa ovalis. Other primary cardiac tumors include sarcomas, angiosarcomas, rhabdomyosarcomas, papillary fibroelastomas, lipomas, hemangiomas, mesotheliomas, and rhabdomyomas.
TREATMENT OF CARDIAC TUMORS
For primary and secondary cardiac tumors, complete resection should be considered, provided there is no other organ involvement.3 For suspected lymphomas, image-guided biopsy should be performed before treatment.
For uncertain and diagnostically challenging cases, guided biopsy of the lesions using intracardiac echocardiography or transesophageal echocardiography has been reported to be helpful.4
Most often, the workup and management of cardiac masses calls for a team involving an internist, cardiologist, cardiothoracic surgeon, and vascular medicine specialist. Depending on the nature of the mass, the team may also include an oncologist, radiotherapist, and infectious disease specialist.
Because our patient had significant kidney disease, CT was done without contrast. However, it was not able to clearly delineate the mass in the right ventricle. Cardiac MRI was not performed. Biopsy with transesophageal or intracardiac echocardiographic guidance was not an option, as the patient’s condition was poor.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
The differential diagnosis of an intracardiac mass includes thrombus, benign or malignant tumors, and masses of infectious or inflammatory origin. While noninvasive imaging tests provide clues that can help narrow the differential diagnosis, tissue biopsy with histologic study is necessary to confirm the diagnosis. A team approach is paramount in managing cardiac masses.
- Goldberg AD, Blankstein R, Padera RF. Tumors metastatic to the heart. Circulation 2013; 128:1790–1794.
- Exarhos DN, Tavernaraki EA, Kyratzi F, et al. Imaging of cardiac tumours and masses. Hospital Chronicles 2010; 5:1–9.
- Hoffmeier A, Sindermann JR, Scheld HH, Martens S. Cardiac tumors—diagnosis and surgical treatment. Dtsch Arztebl Int 2014; 111:205–211.
- Park K-I, Kim MJ, Oh JK, et al. Intracardiac echocardiography to guide biopsy for two cases of intracardiac masses. Korean Circ J 2015; 45:165–168.
A 69-year-old woman with hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and chronic kidney disease presented with a 1-month history of worsening episodic dyspnea, lower-extremity edema, and dizziness. Two months earlier, she had been diagnosed with poorly differentiated pelvic adnexal sarcoma associated with a mature teratoma of the left ovary, and she had undergone bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy, pelvic and para-aortic lymph node dissection, and omentectomy.
Examination revealed tachypnea (23 breaths per minute) and bilateral pitting pedal edema. The neck veins were distended. There was no hepatomegaly. Results of laboratory testing were unremarkable.
EVALUATING A CARDIAC MASS
Thrombus, tumor, or vegetation?
If an intracardiac mass is discovered, we need to determine what it is.
Thrombosis is more likely if contrast echocardiography shows the mass has no stalk (thrombi almost never have a stalk), the atrial chamber is enlarged, cardiac output is low, there is stasis, the mass is avascular, and it responds to thrombolytic therapy. A giant organized thrombus can clinically mimic a tumor if it is immobile, is located close to the wall, and responds poorly to thrombolysis. A wall-motion abnormality adjacent to the mass, global hypokinesis, or a concomitant autoimmune condition such as lupus erythematosus or antiphospholipid antibody syndrome may also favor thrombosis.
Tumors in the heart are uncommon. The prevalence of primary cardiac tumors has been reported as 0.01% to 0.1% in autopsy studies. Metastases to the pericardium, myocardium, coronary arteries, or great vessels have been found at autopsy in 0.7% to 3.5% of the general population and in 9.1% of patients with known malignancy.1
Vegetations from infective endocarditis should also be considered early in the evaluation of an intracardiac mass. They can result from bacterial, fungal, or parasitic infection. Vegetations are generally irregular in appearance, mobile, and attached to a valve. Left-sided valves are generally involved, and a larger mass may indicate fungal origin. Abscess from tuberculosis may need to be considered in the appropriate setting. Whenever feasible, tissue diagnosis is desirable.
Occasionally, there may be an inflammatory component to masses detected in the setting of autoimmune disease.
CT and MRI
If echocardiography cannot clearly distinguish whether the mass is a tumor or a thrombus, MRI with gadolinium contrast is useful. MRI is superior to CT in depicting anatomic details and does not involve radiation.
Cardiac CT is increasingly used when other imaging findings are equivocal or to study a calcified mass. CT with contrast carries a small risk of contrast-induced nephropathy and has lower soft-tissue and temporal resolution. CT without contrast can detect the mass and reveal calcifications within the mass, but contrast is needed to assess the vascularity of the tumor. New-generation CT with electrocardiographic gating nearly matches MRI imaging, and CT is preferred for patients with contraindications to MRI.
CT provides additional information on the global assessment of the chest, lung and vascular structures.2 Cardiac CT and MRI help in precise anatomic delineation, characterization, and preoperative planning of treatment of a large cardiac mass.
TYPES OF CARDIAC TUMORS
Metastases account for most cardiac tumors and are often from primary cancers of the lung, breast, skin, thyroid, and kidney.
Primary cardiac tumors are most often myxomas, which are benign and generally found in the atrial chamber, solitary, with a stalk attached to the area of the fossa ovalis. Other primary cardiac tumors include sarcomas, angiosarcomas, rhabdomyosarcomas, papillary fibroelastomas, lipomas, hemangiomas, mesotheliomas, and rhabdomyomas.
TREATMENT OF CARDIAC TUMORS
For primary and secondary cardiac tumors, complete resection should be considered, provided there is no other organ involvement.3 For suspected lymphomas, image-guided biopsy should be performed before treatment.
For uncertain and diagnostically challenging cases, guided biopsy of the lesions using intracardiac echocardiography or transesophageal echocardiography has been reported to be helpful.4
Most often, the workup and management of cardiac masses calls for a team involving an internist, cardiologist, cardiothoracic surgeon, and vascular medicine specialist. Depending on the nature of the mass, the team may also include an oncologist, radiotherapist, and infectious disease specialist.
Because our patient had significant kidney disease, CT was done without contrast. However, it was not able to clearly delineate the mass in the right ventricle. Cardiac MRI was not performed. Biopsy with transesophageal or intracardiac echocardiographic guidance was not an option, as the patient’s condition was poor.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
The differential diagnosis of an intracardiac mass includes thrombus, benign or malignant tumors, and masses of infectious or inflammatory origin. While noninvasive imaging tests provide clues that can help narrow the differential diagnosis, tissue biopsy with histologic study is necessary to confirm the diagnosis. A team approach is paramount in managing cardiac masses.
A 69-year-old woman with hypertension, diabetes mellitus, and chronic kidney disease presented with a 1-month history of worsening episodic dyspnea, lower-extremity edema, and dizziness. Two months earlier, she had been diagnosed with poorly differentiated pelvic adnexal sarcoma associated with a mature teratoma of the left ovary, and she had undergone bilateral salpingo-oophorectomy, pelvic and para-aortic lymph node dissection, and omentectomy.
Examination revealed tachypnea (23 breaths per minute) and bilateral pitting pedal edema. The neck veins were distended. There was no hepatomegaly. Results of laboratory testing were unremarkable.
EVALUATING A CARDIAC MASS
Thrombus, tumor, or vegetation?
If an intracardiac mass is discovered, we need to determine what it is.
Thrombosis is more likely if contrast echocardiography shows the mass has no stalk (thrombi almost never have a stalk), the atrial chamber is enlarged, cardiac output is low, there is stasis, the mass is avascular, and it responds to thrombolytic therapy. A giant organized thrombus can clinically mimic a tumor if it is immobile, is located close to the wall, and responds poorly to thrombolysis. A wall-motion abnormality adjacent to the mass, global hypokinesis, or a concomitant autoimmune condition such as lupus erythematosus or antiphospholipid antibody syndrome may also favor thrombosis.
Tumors in the heart are uncommon. The prevalence of primary cardiac tumors has been reported as 0.01% to 0.1% in autopsy studies. Metastases to the pericardium, myocardium, coronary arteries, or great vessels have been found at autopsy in 0.7% to 3.5% of the general population and in 9.1% of patients with known malignancy.1
Vegetations from infective endocarditis should also be considered early in the evaluation of an intracardiac mass. They can result from bacterial, fungal, or parasitic infection. Vegetations are generally irregular in appearance, mobile, and attached to a valve. Left-sided valves are generally involved, and a larger mass may indicate fungal origin. Abscess from tuberculosis may need to be considered in the appropriate setting. Whenever feasible, tissue diagnosis is desirable.
Occasionally, there may be an inflammatory component to masses detected in the setting of autoimmune disease.
CT and MRI
If echocardiography cannot clearly distinguish whether the mass is a tumor or a thrombus, MRI with gadolinium contrast is useful. MRI is superior to CT in depicting anatomic details and does not involve radiation.
Cardiac CT is increasingly used when other imaging findings are equivocal or to study a calcified mass. CT with contrast carries a small risk of contrast-induced nephropathy and has lower soft-tissue and temporal resolution. CT without contrast can detect the mass and reveal calcifications within the mass, but contrast is needed to assess the vascularity of the tumor. New-generation CT with electrocardiographic gating nearly matches MRI imaging, and CT is preferred for patients with contraindications to MRI.
CT provides additional information on the global assessment of the chest, lung and vascular structures.2 Cardiac CT and MRI help in precise anatomic delineation, characterization, and preoperative planning of treatment of a large cardiac mass.
TYPES OF CARDIAC TUMORS
Metastases account for most cardiac tumors and are often from primary cancers of the lung, breast, skin, thyroid, and kidney.
Primary cardiac tumors are most often myxomas, which are benign and generally found in the atrial chamber, solitary, with a stalk attached to the area of the fossa ovalis. Other primary cardiac tumors include sarcomas, angiosarcomas, rhabdomyosarcomas, papillary fibroelastomas, lipomas, hemangiomas, mesotheliomas, and rhabdomyomas.
TREATMENT OF CARDIAC TUMORS
For primary and secondary cardiac tumors, complete resection should be considered, provided there is no other organ involvement.3 For suspected lymphomas, image-guided biopsy should be performed before treatment.
For uncertain and diagnostically challenging cases, guided biopsy of the lesions using intracardiac echocardiography or transesophageal echocardiography has been reported to be helpful.4
Most often, the workup and management of cardiac masses calls for a team involving an internist, cardiologist, cardiothoracic surgeon, and vascular medicine specialist. Depending on the nature of the mass, the team may also include an oncologist, radiotherapist, and infectious disease specialist.
Because our patient had significant kidney disease, CT was done without contrast. However, it was not able to clearly delineate the mass in the right ventricle. Cardiac MRI was not performed. Biopsy with transesophageal or intracardiac echocardiographic guidance was not an option, as the patient’s condition was poor.
TAKE-HOME POINTS
The differential diagnosis of an intracardiac mass includes thrombus, benign or malignant tumors, and masses of infectious or inflammatory origin. While noninvasive imaging tests provide clues that can help narrow the differential diagnosis, tissue biopsy with histologic study is necessary to confirm the diagnosis. A team approach is paramount in managing cardiac masses.
- Goldberg AD, Blankstein R, Padera RF. Tumors metastatic to the heart. Circulation 2013; 128:1790–1794.
- Exarhos DN, Tavernaraki EA, Kyratzi F, et al. Imaging of cardiac tumours and masses. Hospital Chronicles 2010; 5:1–9.
- Hoffmeier A, Sindermann JR, Scheld HH, Martens S. Cardiac tumors—diagnosis and surgical treatment. Dtsch Arztebl Int 2014; 111:205–211.
- Park K-I, Kim MJ, Oh JK, et al. Intracardiac echocardiography to guide biopsy for two cases of intracardiac masses. Korean Circ J 2015; 45:165–168.
- Goldberg AD, Blankstein R, Padera RF. Tumors metastatic to the heart. Circulation 2013; 128:1790–1794.
- Exarhos DN, Tavernaraki EA, Kyratzi F, et al. Imaging of cardiac tumours and masses. Hospital Chronicles 2010; 5:1–9.
- Hoffmeier A, Sindermann JR, Scheld HH, Martens S. Cardiac tumors—diagnosis and surgical treatment. Dtsch Arztebl Int 2014; 111:205–211.
- Park K-I, Kim MJ, Oh JK, et al. Intracardiac echocardiography to guide biopsy for two cases of intracardiac masses. Korean Circ J 2015; 45:165–168.
















